1 #ifndef __LINUX_NL80211_H 2 #define __LINUX_NL80211_H 3 /* 4 * 802.11 netlink interface public header 5 * 6 * Copyright 2006-2010 Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> 7 * Copyright 2008 Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> 8 * Copyright 2008 Luis Carlos Cobo <luisca@cozybit.com> 9 * Copyright 2008 Michael Buesch <m@bues.ch> 10 * Copyright 2008, 2009 Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com> 11 * Copyright 2008 Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> 12 * Copyright 2008 Colin McCabe <colin@cozybit.com> 13 * Copyright 2015-2017 Intel Deutschland GmbH 14 * Copyright (C) 2018-2019 Intel Corporation 15 * 16 * Permission to use, copy, modify, and/or distribute this software for any 17 * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above 18 * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies. 19 * 20 * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES 21 * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF 22 * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR 23 * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES 24 * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN 25 * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF 26 * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. 27 * 28 */ 29 30 /* 31 * This header file defines the userspace API to the wireless stack. Please 32 * be careful not to break things - i.e. don't move anything around or so 33 * unless you can demonstrate that it breaks neither API nor ABI. 34 * 35 * Additions to the API should be accompanied by actual implementations in 36 * an upstream driver, so that example implementations exist in case there 37 * are ever concerns about the precise semantics of the API or changes are 38 * needed, and to ensure that code for dead (no longer implemented) API 39 * can actually be identified and removed. 40 * Nonetheless, semantics should also be documented carefully in this file. 41 */ 42 43 #include <linux/types.h> 44 45 #define NL80211_GENL_NAME "nl80211" 46 47 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_CONFIG "config" 48 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_SCAN "scan" 49 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_REG "regulatory" 50 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_MLME "mlme" 51 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_VENDOR "vendor" 52 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_NAN "nan" 53 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_TESTMODE "testmode" 54 55 /** 56 * DOC: Station handling 57 * 58 * Stations are added per interface, but a special case exists with VLAN 59 * interfaces. When a station is bound to an AP interface, it may be moved 60 * into a VLAN identified by a VLAN interface index (%NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN). 61 * The station is still assumed to belong to the AP interface it was added 62 * to. 63 * 64 * Station handling varies per interface type and depending on the driver's 65 * capabilities. 66 * 67 * For drivers supporting TDLS with external setup (WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS 68 * and WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP), the station lifetime is as follows: 69 * - a setup station entry is added, not yet authorized, without any rate 70 * or capability information, this just exists to avoid race conditions 71 * - when the TDLS setup is done, a single NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION is valid 72 * to add rate and capability information to the station and at the same 73 * time mark it authorized. 74 * - %NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK is then used 75 * - after this, the only valid operation is to remove it by tearing down 76 * the TDLS link (%NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK) 77 * 78 * TODO: need more info for other interface types 79 */ 80 81 /** 82 * DOC: Frame transmission/registration support 83 * 84 * Frame transmission and registration support exists to allow userspace 85 * management entities such as wpa_supplicant react to management frames 86 * that are not being handled by the kernel. This includes, for example, 87 * certain classes of action frames that cannot be handled in the kernel 88 * for various reasons. 89 * 90 * Frame registration is done on a per-interface basis and registrations 91 * cannot be removed other than by closing the socket. It is possible to 92 * specify a registration filter to register, for example, only for a 93 * certain type of action frame. In particular with action frames, those 94 * that userspace registers for will not be returned as unhandled by the 95 * driver, so that the registered application has to take responsibility 96 * for doing that. 97 * 98 * The type of frame that can be registered for is also dependent on the 99 * driver and interface type. The frame types are advertised in wiphy 100 * attributes so applications know what to expect. 101 * 102 * NOTE: When an interface changes type while registrations are active, 103 * these registrations are ignored until the interface type is 104 * changed again. This means that changing the interface type can 105 * lead to a situation that couldn't otherwise be produced, but 106 * any such registrations will be dormant in the sense that they 107 * will not be serviced, i.e. they will not receive any frames. 108 * 109 * Frame transmission allows userspace to send for example the required 110 * responses to action frames. It is subject to some sanity checking, 111 * but many frames can be transmitted. When a frame was transmitted, its 112 * status is indicated to the sending socket. 113 * 114 * For more technical details, see the corresponding command descriptions 115 * below. 116 */ 117 118 /** 119 * DOC: Virtual interface / concurrency capabilities 120 * 121 * Some devices are able to operate with virtual MACs, they can have 122 * more than one virtual interface. The capability handling for this 123 * is a bit complex though, as there may be a number of restrictions 124 * on the types of concurrency that are supported. 125 * 126 * To start with, each device supports the interface types listed in 127 * the %NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES attribute, but by listing the 128 * types there no concurrency is implied. 129 * 130 * Once concurrency is desired, more attributes must be observed: 131 * To start with, since some interface types are purely managed in 132 * software, like the AP-VLAN type in mac80211 for example, there's 133 * an additional list of these, they can be added at any time and 134 * are only restricted by some semantic restrictions (e.g. AP-VLAN 135 * cannot be added without a corresponding AP interface). This list 136 * is exported in the %NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES attribute. 137 * 138 * Further, the list of supported combinations is exported. This is 139 * in the %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS attribute. Basically, 140 * it exports a list of "groups", and at any point in time the 141 * interfaces that are currently active must fall into any one of 142 * the advertised groups. Within each group, there are restrictions 143 * on the number of interfaces of different types that are supported 144 * and also the number of different channels, along with potentially 145 * some other restrictions. See &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs. 146 * 147 * All together, these attributes define the concurrency of virtual 148 * interfaces that a given device supports. 149 */ 150 151 /** 152 * DOC: packet coalesce support 153 * 154 * In most cases, host that receives IPv4 and IPv6 multicast/broadcast 155 * packets does not do anything with these packets. Therefore the 156 * reception of these unwanted packets causes unnecessary processing 157 * and power consumption. 158 * 159 * Packet coalesce feature helps to reduce number of received interrupts 160 * to host by buffering these packets in firmware/hardware for some 161 * predefined time. Received interrupt will be generated when one of the 162 * following events occur. 163 * a) Expiration of hardware timer whose expiration time is set to maximum 164 * coalescing delay of matching coalesce rule. 165 * b) Coalescing buffer in hardware reaches it's limit. 166 * c) Packet doesn't match any of the configured coalesce rules. 167 * 168 * User needs to configure following parameters for creating a coalesce 169 * rule. 170 * a) Maximum coalescing delay 171 * b) List of packet patterns which needs to be matched 172 * c) Condition for coalescence. pattern 'match' or 'no match' 173 * Multiple such rules can be created. 174 */ 175 176 /** 177 * DOC: WPA/WPA2 EAPOL handshake offload 178 * 179 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK flag drivers 180 * can indicate they support offloading EAPOL handshakes for WPA/WPA2 181 * preshared key authentication. In %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT the preshared 182 * key should be specified using %NL80211_ATTR_PMK. Drivers supporting 183 * this offload may reject the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT when no preshared 184 * key material is provided, for example when that driver does not 185 * support setting the temporal keys through %CMD_NEW_KEY. 186 * 187 * Similarly @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X flag can be 188 * set by drivers indicating offload support of the PTK/GTK EAPOL 189 * handshakes during 802.1X authentication. In order to use the offload 190 * the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT should have %NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS 191 * attribute flag. Drivers supporting this offload may reject the 192 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT when the attribute flag is not present. 193 * 194 * For 802.1X the PMK or PMK-R0 are set by providing %NL80211_ATTR_PMK 195 * using %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK. For offloaded FT support also 196 * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME must be provided. 197 */ 198 199 /** 200 * DOC: FILS shared key authentication offload 201 * 202 * FILS shared key authentication offload can be advertized by drivers by 203 * setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD flag. The drivers that support 204 * FILS shared key authentication offload should be able to construct the 205 * authentication and association frames for FILS shared key authentication and 206 * eventually do a key derivation as per IEEE 802.11ai. The below additional 207 * parameters should be given to driver in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and/or in 208 * %NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS. 209 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME - used to construct keyname_nai 210 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM - used to construct keyname_nai 211 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM - used to construct erp message 212 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK - used to generate the rIK and rMSK 213 * rIK should be used to generate an authentication tag on the ERP message and 214 * rMSK should be used to derive a PMKSA. 215 * rIK, rMSK should be generated and keyname_nai, sequence number should be used 216 * as specified in IETF RFC 6696. 217 * 218 * When FILS shared key authentication is completed, driver needs to provide the 219 * below additional parameters to userspace, which can be either after setting 220 * up a connection or after roaming. 221 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK - used for key renewal 222 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM - used in further EAP-RP exchanges 223 * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID - used to identify the PMKSA used/generated 224 * %Nl80211_ATTR_PMK - used to update PMKSA cache in userspace 225 * The PMKSA can be maintained in userspace persistently so that it can be used 226 * later after reboots or wifi turn off/on also. 227 * 228 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID is the cache identifier advertized by a FILS 229 * capable AP supporting PMK caching. It specifies the scope within which the 230 * PMKSAs are cached in an ESS. %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA and 231 * %NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA are enhanced to allow support for PMKSA caching based 232 * on FILS cache identifier. Additionally %NL80211_ATTR_PMK is used with 233 * %NL80211_SET_PMKSA to specify the PMK corresponding to a PMKSA for driver to 234 * use in a FILS shared key connection with PMKSA caching. 235 */ 236 237 /** 238 * DOC: SAE authentication offload 239 * 240 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD flag drivers can indicate they 241 * support offloading SAE authentication for WPA3-Personal networks. In 242 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT the password for SAE should be specified using 243 * %NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PASSWORD. 244 */ 245 246 /** 247 * enum nl80211_commands - supported nl80211 commands 248 * 249 * @NL80211_CMD_UNSPEC: unspecified command to catch errors 250 * 251 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY: request information about a wiphy or dump request 252 * to get a list of all present wiphys. 253 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY: set wiphy parameters, needs %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY or 254 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX; can be used to set %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME, 255 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ (and the 256 * attributes determining the channel width; this is used for setting 257 * monitor mode channel), %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT, 258 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD, 259 * and/or %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD. 260 * However, for setting the channel, see %NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL 261 * instead, the support here is for backward compatibility only. 262 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_WIPHY: Newly created wiphy, response to get request 263 * or rename notification. Has attributes %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and 264 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME. 265 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_WIPHY: Wiphy deleted. Has attributes 266 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME. 267 * 268 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE: Request an interface's configuration; 269 * either a dump request for all interfaces or a specific get with a 270 * single %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is supported. 271 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_INTERFACE: Set type of a virtual interface, requires 272 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE. 273 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE: Newly created virtual interface or response 274 * to %NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE. Has %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX, 275 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE attributes. Can also 276 * be sent from userspace to request creation of a new virtual interface, 277 * then requires attributes %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE and 278 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME. 279 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_INTERFACE: Virtual interface was deleted, has attributes 280 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY. Can also be sent from 281 * userspace to request deletion of a virtual interface, then requires 282 * attribute %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 283 * 284 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_KEY: Get sequence counter information for a key specified 285 * by %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX and/or %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. 286 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY: Set key attributes %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT, 287 * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT, or %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_THRESHOLD. 288 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY: add a key with given %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA, 289 * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER, 290 * and %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ attributes. 291 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_KEY: delete a key identified by %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX 292 * or %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. 293 * 294 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_BEACON: (not used) 295 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON: change the beacon on an access point interface 296 * using the %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD and %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL 297 * attributes. For drivers that generate the beacon and probe responses 298 * internally, the following attributes must be provided: %NL80211_ATTR_IE, 299 * %NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP and %NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP. 300 * @NL80211_CMD_START_AP: Start AP operation on an AP interface, parameters 301 * are like for %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON, and additionally parameters that 302 * do not change are used, these include %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL, 303 * %NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD, %NL80211_ATTR_SSID, 304 * %NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID, %NL80211_ATTR_CIPHERS_PAIRWISE, 305 * %NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_GROUP, %NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS, 306 * %NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES, %NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY, 307 * %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT, 308 * %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS. 309 * The channel to use can be set on the interface or be given using the 310 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the attributes determining channel width. 311 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON: old alias for %NL80211_CMD_START_AP 312 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP: Stop AP operation on the given interface 313 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_BEACON: old alias for %NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP 314 * 315 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION: Get station attributes for station identified by 316 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 317 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION: Set station attributes for station identified by 318 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 319 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION: Add a station with given attributes to the 320 * the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 321 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION: Remove a station identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC 322 * or, if no MAC address given, all stations, on the interface identified 323 * by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. %NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE and 324 * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE can optionally be used to specify which type 325 * of disconnection indication should be sent to the station 326 * (Deauthentication or Disassociation frame and reason code for that 327 * frame). 328 * 329 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH: Get mesh path attributes for mesh path to 330 * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by 331 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 332 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MPATH: Set mesh path attributes for mesh path to 333 * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by 334 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 335 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_MPATH: Create a new mesh path for the destination given by 336 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC via %NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP. 337 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_MPATH: Delete a mesh path to the destination given by 338 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. 339 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_PATH: Add a mesh path with given attributes to the 340 * the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 341 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PATH: Remove a mesh path identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC 342 * or, if no MAC address given, all mesh paths, on the interface identified 343 * by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 344 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS: Set BSS attributes for BSS identified by 345 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 346 * 347 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_REG: ask the wireless core to send us its currently set 348 * regulatory domain. If %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY is specified and the device 349 * has a private regulatory domain, it will be returned. Otherwise, the 350 * global regdomain will be returned. 351 * A device will have a private regulatory domain if it uses the 352 * regulatory_hint() API. Even when a private regdomain is used the channel 353 * information will still be mended according to further hints from 354 * the regulatory core to help with compliance. A dump version of this API 355 * is now available which will returns the global regdomain as well as 356 * all private regdomains of present wiphys (for those that have it). 357 * If a wiphy is self-managed (%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG), then 358 * its private regdomain is the only valid one for it. The regulatory 359 * core is not used to help with compliance in this case. 360 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_REG: Set current regulatory domain. CRDA sends this command 361 * after being queried by the kernel. CRDA replies by sending a regulatory 362 * domain structure which consists of %NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA set to our 363 * current alpha2 if it found a match. It also provides 364 * NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS, and a set of regulatory rules. Each 365 * regulatory rule is a nested set of attributes given by 366 * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FREQ_[START|END] and 367 * %NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW with an attached power rule given by 368 * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_POWER_MAX_ANT_GAIN and 369 * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_POWER_MAX_EIRP. 370 * @NL80211_CMD_REQ_SET_REG: ask the wireless core to set the regulatory domain 371 * to the specified ISO/IEC 3166-1 alpha2 country code. The core will 372 * store this as a valid request and then query userspace for it. 373 * 374 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG: Get mesh networking properties for the 375 * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX 376 * 377 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG: Set mesh networking properties for the 378 * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX 379 * 380 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE: Set extra IEs for management frames. The 381 * interface is identified with %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and the management 382 * frame subtype with %NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE. The extra IE data to be 383 * added to the end of the specified management frame is specified with 384 * %NL80211_ATTR_IE. If the command succeeds, the requested data will be 385 * added to all specified management frames generated by 386 * kernel/firmware/driver. 387 * Note: This command has been removed and it is only reserved at this 388 * point to avoid re-using existing command number. The functionality this 389 * command was planned for has been provided with cleaner design with the 390 * option to specify additional IEs in NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN, 391 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE, 392 * NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE, and NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE. 393 * 394 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN: get scan results 395 * @NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN: trigger a new scan with the given parameters 396 * %NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE is used to decide whether to send the 397 * probe requests at CCK rate or not. %NL80211_ATTR_BSSID can be used to 398 * specify a BSSID to scan for; if not included, the wildcard BSSID will 399 * be used. 400 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_SCAN_RESULTS: scan notification (as a reply to 401 * NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN and on the "scan" multicast group) 402 * @NL80211_CMD_SCAN_ABORTED: scan was aborted, for unspecified reasons, 403 * partial scan results may be available 404 * 405 * @NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN: start a scheduled scan at certain 406 * intervals and certain number of cycles, as specified by 407 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS. If %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS is 408 * not specified and only %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL is specified, 409 * scheduled scan will run in an infinite loop with the specified interval. 410 * These attributes are mutually exculsive, 411 * i.e. NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL must not be passed if 412 * NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS is defined. 413 * If for some reason scheduled scan is aborted by the driver, all scan 414 * plans are canceled (including scan plans that did not start yet). 415 * Like with normal scans, if SSIDs (%NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS) 416 * are passed, they are used in the probe requests. For 417 * broadcast, a broadcast SSID must be passed (ie. an empty 418 * string). If no SSID is passed, no probe requests are sent and 419 * a passive scan is performed. %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES, 420 * if passed, define which channels should be scanned; if not 421 * passed, all channels allowed for the current regulatory domain 422 * are used. Extra IEs can also be passed from the userspace by 423 * using the %NL80211_ATTR_IE attribute. The first cycle of the 424 * scheduled scan can be delayed by %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY 425 * is supplied. If the device supports multiple concurrent scheduled 426 * scans, it will allow such when the caller provides the flag attribute 427 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI to indicate user-space support for it. 428 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN: stop a scheduled scan. Returns -ENOENT if 429 * scheduled scan is not running. The caller may assume that as soon 430 * as the call returns, it is safe to start a new scheduled scan again. 431 * @NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_RESULTS: indicates that there are scheduled scan 432 * results available. 433 * @NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED: indicates that the scheduled scan has 434 * stopped. The driver may issue this event at any time during a 435 * scheduled scan. One reason for stopping the scan is if the hardware 436 * does not support starting an association or a normal scan while running 437 * a scheduled scan. This event is also sent when the 438 * %NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN command is received or when the interface 439 * is brought down while a scheduled scan was running. 440 * 441 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY: get survey resuls, e.g. channel occupation 442 * or noise level 443 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_SURVEY_RESULTS: survey data notification (as a reply to 444 * NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY and on the "scan" multicast group) 445 * 446 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA: Add a PMKSA cache entry using %NL80211_ATTR_MAC 447 * (for the BSSID), %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, and optionally %NL80211_ATTR_PMK 448 * (PMK is used for PTKSA derivation in case of FILS shared key offload) or 449 * using %NL80211_ATTR_SSID, %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID, 450 * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, and %NL80211_ATTR_PMK in case of FILS 451 * authentication where %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID is the identifier 452 * advertized by a FILS capable AP identifying the scope of PMKSA in an 453 * ESS. 454 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA: Delete a PMKSA cache entry, using %NL80211_ATTR_MAC 455 * (for the BSSID) and %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID or using %NL80211_ATTR_SSID, 456 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID, and %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID in case of FILS 457 * authentication. 458 * @NL80211_CMD_FLUSH_PMKSA: Flush all PMKSA cache entries. 459 * 460 * @NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE: indicates to userspace the regulatory domain 461 * has been changed and provides details of the request information 462 * that caused the change such as who initiated the regulatory request 463 * (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR), the wiphy_idx 464 * (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2) on which the request was made from if 465 * the initiator was %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE or 466 * %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER, the type of regulatory domain 467 * set (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE), if the type of regulatory domain is 468 * %NL80211_REG_TYPE_COUNTRY the alpha2 to which we have moved on 469 * to (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2). 470 * @NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT: indicates to userspace that an AP beacon 471 * has been found while world roaming thus enabling active scan or 472 * any mode of operation that initiates TX (beacons) on a channel 473 * where we would not have been able to do either before. As an example 474 * if you are world roaming (regulatory domain set to world or if your 475 * driver is using a custom world roaming regulatory domain) and while 476 * doing a passive scan on the 5 GHz band you find an AP there (if not 477 * on a DFS channel) you will now be able to actively scan for that AP 478 * or use AP mode on your card on that same channel. Note that this will 479 * never be used for channels 1-11 on the 2 GHz band as they are always 480 * enabled world wide. This beacon hint is only sent if your device had 481 * either disabled active scanning or beaconing on a channel. We send to 482 * userspace the wiphy on which we removed a restriction from 483 * (%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY) and the channel on which this occurred 484 * before (%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE) and after (%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER) 485 * the beacon hint was processed. 486 * 487 * @NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE: authentication request and notification. 488 * This command is used both as a command (request to authenticate) and 489 * as an event on the "mlme" multicast group indicating completion of the 490 * authentication process. 491 * When used as a command, %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to identify the 492 * interface. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is used to specify PeerSTAAddress (and 493 * BSSID in case of station mode). %NL80211_ATTR_SSID is used to specify 494 * the SSID (mainly for association, but is included in authentication 495 * request, too, to help BSS selection. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used 496 * to specify the frequence of the channel in MHz. %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE 497 * is used to specify the authentication type. %NL80211_ATTR_IE is used to 498 * define IEs (VendorSpecificInfo, but also including RSN IE and FT IEs) 499 * to be added to the frame. 500 * When used as an event, this reports reception of an Authentication 501 * frame in station and IBSS modes when the local MLME processed the 502 * frame, i.e., it was for the local STA and was received in correct 503 * state. This is similar to MLME-AUTHENTICATE.confirm primitive in the 504 * MLME SAP interface (kernel providing MLME, userspace SME). The 505 * included %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME attribute contains the management frame 506 * (including both the header and frame body, but not FCS). This event is 507 * also used to indicate if the authentication attempt timed out. In that 508 * case the %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME attribute is replaced with a 509 * %NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT flag (and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC to indicate which 510 * pending authentication timed out). 511 * @NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE: association request and notification; like 512 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Association and Reassociation 513 * (similar to MLME-ASSOCIATE.request, MLME-REASSOCIATE.request, 514 * MLME-ASSOCIATE.confirm or MLME-REASSOCIATE.confirm primitives). The 515 * %NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID attribute is used to specify whether the 516 * request is for the initial association to an ESS (that attribute not 517 * included) or for reassociation within the ESS (that attribute is 518 * included). 519 * @NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE: deauthentication request and notification; like 520 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Deauthentication frames (similar to 521 * MLME-DEAUTHENTICATION.request and MLME-DEAUTHENTICATE.indication 522 * primitives). 523 * @NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE: disassociation request and notification; like 524 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Disassociation frames (similar to 525 * MLME-DISASSOCIATE.request and MLME-DISASSOCIATE.indication primitives). 526 * 527 * @NL80211_CMD_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE: notification of a locally detected Michael 528 * MIC (part of TKIP) failure; sent on the "mlme" multicast group; the 529 * event includes %NL80211_ATTR_MAC to describe the source MAC address of 530 * the frame with invalid MIC, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE to show the key 531 * type, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX to indicate the key identifier, and 532 * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ to indicate the TSC value of the frame; this 533 * event matches with MLME-MICHAELMICFAILURE.indication() primitive 534 * 535 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS: Join a new IBSS -- given at least an SSID and a 536 * FREQ attribute (for the initial frequency if no peer can be found) 537 * and optionally a MAC (as BSSID) and FREQ_FIXED attribute if those 538 * should be fixed rather than automatically determined. Can only be 539 * executed on a network interface that is UP, and fixed BSSID/FREQ 540 * may be rejected. Another optional parameter is the beacon interval, 541 * given in the %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL attribute, which if not 542 * given defaults to 100 TU (102.4ms). 543 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_IBSS: Leave the IBSS -- no special arguments, the IBSS is 544 * determined by the network interface. 545 * 546 * @NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE: testmode command, takes a wiphy (or ifindex) attribute 547 * to identify the device, and the TESTDATA blob attribute to pass through 548 * to the driver. 549 * 550 * @NL80211_CMD_CONNECT: connection request and notification; this command 551 * requests to connect to a specified network but without separating 552 * auth and assoc steps. For this, you need to specify the SSID in a 553 * %NL80211_ATTR_SSID attribute, and can optionally specify the association 554 * IEs in %NL80211_ATTR_IE, %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP, 555 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ, %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT, 556 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE, 557 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT, 558 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT, and 559 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT. 560 * If included, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ are 561 * restrictions on BSS selection, i.e., they effectively prevent roaming 562 * within the ESS. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT 563 * can be included to provide a recommendation of the initial BSS while 564 * allowing the driver to roam to other BSSes within the ESS and also to 565 * ignore this recommendation if the indicated BSS is not ideal. Only one 566 * set of BSSID,frequency parameters is used (i.e., either the enforcing 567 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC,%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ or the less strict 568 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT). 569 * %NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID can be used to request a reassociation within 570 * the ESS in case the device is already associated and an association with 571 * a different BSS is desired. 572 * Background scan period can optionally be 573 * specified in %NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD, 574 * if not specified default background scan configuration 575 * in driver is used and if period value is 0, bg scan will be disabled. 576 * This attribute is ignored if driver does not support roam scan. 577 * It is also sent as an event, with the BSSID and response IEs when the 578 * connection is established or failed to be established. This can be 579 * determined by the %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE attribute (0 = success, 580 * non-zero = failure). If %NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT is included in the 581 * event, the connection attempt failed due to not being able to initiate 582 * authentication/association or not receiving a response from the AP. 583 * Non-zero %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE value is indicated in that case as 584 * well to remain backwards compatible. 585 * When establishing a security association, drivers that support 4 way 586 * handshake offload should send %NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED event when 587 * the 4 way handshake is completed successfully. 588 * @NL80211_CMD_ROAM: Notification indicating the card/driver roamed by itself. 589 * When a security association was established with the new AP (e.g. if 590 * the FT protocol was used for roaming or the driver completed the 4 way 591 * handshake), this event should be followed by an 592 * %NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED event. 593 * @NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT: drop a given connection; also used to notify 594 * userspace that a connection was dropped by the AP or due to other 595 * reasons, for this the %NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP and 596 * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE attributes are used. 597 * 598 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY_NETNS: Set a wiphy's netns. Note that all devices 599 * associated with this wiphy must be down and will follow. 600 * 601 * @NL80211_CMD_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: Request to remain awake on the specified 602 * channel for the specified amount of time. This can be used to do 603 * off-channel operations like transmit a Public Action frame and wait for 604 * a response while being associated to an AP on another channel. 605 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify which interface (and thus 606 * radio) is used. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used to specify the 607 * frequency for the operation. 608 * %NL80211_ATTR_DURATION is used to specify the duration in milliseconds 609 * to remain on the channel. This command is also used as an event to 610 * notify when the requested duration starts (it may take a while for the 611 * driver to schedule this time due to other concurrent needs for the 612 * radio). 613 * When called, this operation returns a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE) 614 * that will be included with any events pertaining to this request; 615 * the cookie is also used to cancel the request. 616 * @NL80211_CMD_CANCEL_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: This command can be used to cancel a 617 * pending remain-on-channel duration if the desired operation has been 618 * completed prior to expiration of the originally requested duration. 619 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY or %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify the 620 * radio. The %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE attribute must be given as well to 621 * uniquely identify the request. 622 * This command is also used as an event to notify when a requested 623 * remain-on-channel duration has expired. 624 * 625 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK: Set the mask of rates to be used in TX 626 * rate selection. %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify the interface 627 * and @NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES the set of allowed rates. 628 * 629 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME: Register for receiving certain mgmt frames 630 * (via @NL80211_CMD_FRAME) for processing in userspace. This command 631 * requires an interface index, a frame type attribute (optional for 632 * backward compatibility reasons, if not given assumes action frames) 633 * and a match attribute containing the first few bytes of the frame 634 * that should match, e.g. a single byte for only a category match or 635 * four bytes for vendor frames including the OUI. The registration 636 * cannot be dropped, but is removed automatically when the netlink 637 * socket is closed. Multiple registrations can be made. 638 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_ACTION: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME for 639 * backward compatibility 640 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME: Management frame TX request and RX notification. This 641 * command is used both as a request to transmit a management frame and 642 * as an event indicating reception of a frame that was not processed in 643 * kernel code, but is for us (i.e., which may need to be processed in a 644 * user space application). %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the 645 * frame contents (including header). %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used 646 * to indicate on which channel the frame is to be transmitted or was 647 * received. If this channel is not the current channel (remain-on-channel 648 * or the operational channel) the device will switch to the given channel 649 * and transmit the frame, optionally waiting for a response for the time 650 * specified using %NL80211_ATTR_DURATION. When called, this operation 651 * returns a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE) that will be included with the 652 * TX status event pertaining to the TX request. 653 * %NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE is used to decide whether to send the 654 * management frames at CCK rate or not in 2GHz band. 655 * %NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX is an array of offsets to CSA 656 * counters which will be updated to the current value. This attribute 657 * is used during CSA period. 658 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL: When an off-channel TX was requested, this 659 * command may be used with the corresponding cookie to cancel the wait 660 * time if it is known that it is no longer necessary. 661 * @NL80211_CMD_ACTION: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_FRAME for backward compatibility. 662 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS: Report TX status of a management frame 663 * transmitted with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME. %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE identifies 664 * the TX command and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME includes the contents of the 665 * frame. %NL80211_ATTR_ACK flag is included if the recipient acknowledged 666 * the frame. 667 * @NL80211_CMD_ACTION_TX_STATUS: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS for 668 * backward compatibility. 669 * 670 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_POWER_SAVE: Set powersave, using %NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE 671 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_POWER_SAVE: Get powersave status in %NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE 672 * 673 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_CQM: Connection quality monitor configuration. This command 674 * is used to configure connection quality monitoring notification trigger 675 * levels. 676 * @NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM: Connection quality monitor notification. This 677 * command is used as an event to indicate the that a trigger level was 678 * reached. 679 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL: Set the channel (using %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ 680 * and the attributes determining channel width) the given interface 681 * (identifed by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX) shall operate on. 682 * In case multiple channels are supported by the device, the mechanism 683 * with which it switches channels is implementation-defined. 684 * When a monitor interface is given, it can only switch channel while 685 * no other interfaces are operating to avoid disturbing the operation 686 * of any other interfaces, and other interfaces will again take 687 * precedence when they are used. 688 * 689 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WDS_PEER: Set the MAC address of the peer on a WDS interface. 690 * 691 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST: Configure if this AP should perform 692 * multicast to unicast conversion. When enabled, all multicast packets 693 * with ethertype ARP, IPv4 or IPv6 (possibly within an 802.1Q header) 694 * will be sent out to each station once with the destination (multicast) 695 * MAC address replaced by the station's MAC address. Note that this may 696 * break certain expectations of the receiver, e.g. the ability to drop 697 * unicast IP packets encapsulated in multicast L2 frames, or the ability 698 * to not send destination unreachable messages in such cases. 699 * This can only be toggled per BSS. Configure this on an interface of 700 * type %NL80211_IFTYPE_AP. It applies to all its VLAN interfaces 701 * (%NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN), except for those in 4addr (WDS) mode. 702 * If %NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED is not present with this 703 * command, the feature is disabled. 704 * 705 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH: Join a mesh. The mesh ID must be given, and initial 706 * mesh config parameters may be given. 707 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH: Leave the mesh network -- no special arguments, the 708 * network is determined by the network interface. 709 * 710 * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DEAUTHENTICATE: Unprotected deauthentication frame 711 * notification. This event is used to indicate that an unprotected 712 * deauthentication frame was dropped when MFP is in use. 713 * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DISASSOCIATE: Unprotected disassociation frame 714 * notification. This event is used to indicate that an unprotected 715 * disassociation frame was dropped when MFP is in use. 716 * 717 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE: Notification on the reception of a 718 * beacon or probe response from a compatible mesh peer. This is only 719 * sent while no station information (sta_info) exists for the new peer 720 * candidate and when @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH, 721 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE, or 722 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM is set. On reception of this 723 * notification, userspace may decide to create a new station 724 * (@NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). To stop this notification from 725 * reoccurring, the userspace authentication daemon may want to create the 726 * new station with the AUTHENTICATED flag unset and maybe change it later 727 * depending on the authentication result. 728 * 729 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN: get Wake-on-Wireless-LAN (WoWLAN) settings. 730 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN: set Wake-on-Wireless-LAN (WoWLAN) settings. 731 * Since wireless is more complex than wired ethernet, it supports 732 * various triggers. These triggers can be configured through this 733 * command with the %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS attribute. For 734 * more background information, see 735 * http://wireless.kernel.org/en/users/Documentation/WoWLAN. 736 * The @NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN command can also be used as a notification 737 * from the driver reporting the wakeup reason. In this case, the 738 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS attribute will contain the reason 739 * for the wakeup, if it was caused by wireless. If it is not present 740 * in the wakeup notification, the wireless device didn't cause the 741 * wakeup but reports that it was woken up. 742 * 743 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_REKEY_OFFLOAD: This command is used give the driver 744 * the necessary information for supporting GTK rekey offload. This 745 * feature is typically used during WoWLAN. The configuration data 746 * is contained in %NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA (which is nested and 747 * contains the data in sub-attributes). After rekeying happened, 748 * this command may also be sent by the driver as an MLME event to 749 * inform userspace of the new replay counter. 750 * 751 * @NL80211_CMD_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: This is used as an event to inform userspace 752 * of PMKSA caching dandidates. 753 * 754 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER: Perform a high-level TDLS command (e.g. link setup). 755 * In addition, this can be used as an event to request userspace to take 756 * actions on TDLS links (set up a new link or tear down an existing one). 757 * In such events, %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION indicates the requested 758 * operation, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC contains the peer MAC address, and 759 * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE the reason code to be used (only with 760 * %NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN). 761 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT: Send a TDLS management frame. The 762 * %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION attribute determines the type of frame to be 763 * sent. Public Action codes (802.11-2012 8.1.5.1) will be sent as 764 * 802.11 management frames, while TDLS action codes (802.11-2012 765 * 8.5.13.1) will be encapsulated and sent as data frames. The currently 766 * supported Public Action code is %WLAN_PUB_ACTION_TDLS_DISCOVER_RES 767 * and the currently supported TDLS actions codes are given in 768 * &enum ieee80211_tdls_actioncode. 769 * 770 * @NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME: Used by an application controlling an AP 771 * (or GO) interface (i.e. hostapd) to ask for unexpected frames to 772 * implement sending deauth to stations that send unexpected class 3 773 * frames. Also used as the event sent by the kernel when such a frame 774 * is received. 775 * For the event, the %NL80211_ATTR_MAC attribute carries the TA and 776 * other attributes like the interface index are present. 777 * If used as the command it must have an interface index and you can 778 * only unsubscribe from the event by closing the socket. Subscription 779 * is also for %NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME events. 780 * 781 * @NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME: Sent as an event indicating that the 782 * associated station identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC sent a 4addr frame 783 * and wasn't already in a 4-addr VLAN. The event will be sent similarly 784 * to the %NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME event, to the same listener. 785 * 786 * @NL80211_CMD_PROBE_CLIENT: Probe an associated station on an AP interface 787 * by sending a null data frame to it and reporting when the frame is 788 * acknowleged. This is used to allow timing out inactive clients. Uses 789 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. The command returns a 790 * direct reply with an %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE that is later used to match 791 * up the event with the request. The event includes the same data and 792 * has %NL80211_ATTR_ACK set if the frame was ACKed. 793 * 794 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_BEACONS: Register this socket to receive beacons from 795 * other BSSes when any interfaces are in AP mode. This helps implement 796 * OLBC handling in hostapd. Beacons are reported in %NL80211_CMD_FRAME 797 * messages. Note that per PHY only one application may register. 798 * 799 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_NOACK_MAP: sets a bitmap for the individual TIDs whether 800 * No Acknowledgement Policy should be applied. 801 * 802 * @NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_NOTIFY: An AP or GO may decide to switch channels 803 * independently of the userspace SME, send this event indicating 804 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is now on %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the 805 * attributes determining channel width. This indication may also be 806 * sent when a remotely-initiated switch (e.g., when a STA receives a CSA 807 * from the remote AP) is completed; 808 * 809 * @NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_STARTED_NOTIFY: Notify that a channel switch 810 * has been started on an interface, regardless of the initiator 811 * (ie. whether it was requested from a remote device or 812 * initiated on our own). It indicates that 813 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX will be on %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ 814 * after %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT TBTT's. The userspace may 815 * decide to react to this indication by requesting other 816 * interfaces to change channel as well. 817 * 818 * @NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE: Start the given P2P Device, identified by 819 * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV identifier. It must have been created with 820 * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE previously. After it has been started, the 821 * P2P Device can be used for P2P operations, e.g. remain-on-channel and 822 * public action frame TX. 823 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE: Stop the given P2P Device, identified by 824 * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV identifier. 825 * 826 * @NL80211_CMD_CONN_FAILED: connection request to an AP failed; used to 827 * notify userspace that AP has rejected the connection request from a 828 * station, due to particular reason. %NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON 829 * is used for this. 830 * 831 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MCAST_RATE: Change the rate used to send multicast frames 832 * for IBSS or MESH vif. 833 * 834 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL: sets ACL for MAC address based access control. 835 * This is to be used with the drivers advertising the support of MAC 836 * address based access control. List of MAC addresses is passed in 837 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS and ACL policy is passed in 838 * %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY. Driver will enable ACL with this list, if it 839 * is not already done. The new list will replace any existing list. Driver 840 * will clear its ACL when the list of MAC addresses passed is empty. This 841 * command is used in AP/P2P GO mode. Driver has to make sure to clear its 842 * ACL list during %NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP. 843 * 844 * @NL80211_CMD_RADAR_DETECT: Start a Channel availability check (CAC). Once 845 * a radar is detected or the channel availability scan (CAC) has finished 846 * or was aborted, or a radar was detected, usermode will be notified with 847 * this event. This command is also used to notify userspace about radars 848 * while operating on this channel. 849 * %NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT is used to inform about the type of the 850 * event. 851 * 852 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_PROTOCOL_FEATURES: Get global nl80211 protocol features, 853 * i.e. features for the nl80211 protocol rather than device features. 854 * Returns the features in the %NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES bitmap. 855 * 856 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES: Pass down the most up-to-date Fast Transition 857 * Information Element to the WLAN driver 858 * 859 * @NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT: Send a Fast transition event from the WLAN driver 860 * to the supplicant. This will carry the target AP's MAC address along 861 * with the relevant Information Elements. This event is used to report 862 * received FT IEs (MDIE, FTIE, RSN IE, TIE, RICIE). 863 * 864 * @NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_START: Indicates user-space will start running 865 * a critical protocol that needs more reliability in the connection to 866 * complete. 867 * 868 * @NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_STOP: Indicates the connection reliability can 869 * return back to normal. 870 * 871 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_COALESCE: Get currently supported coalesce rules. 872 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_COALESCE: Configure coalesce rules or clear existing rules. 873 * 874 * @NL80211_CMD_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Perform a channel switch by announcing the 875 * the new channel information (Channel Switch Announcement - CSA) 876 * in the beacon for some time (as defined in the 877 * %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT parameter) and then change to the 878 * new channel. Userspace provides the new channel information (using 879 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the attributes determining channel 880 * width). %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX may be supplied to inform 881 * other station that transmission must be blocked until the channel 882 * switch is complete. 883 * 884 * @NL80211_CMD_VENDOR: Vendor-specified command/event. The command is specified 885 * by the %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID attribute and a sub-command in 886 * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD. Parameter(s) can be transported in 887 * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA. 888 * For feature advertisement, the %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA attribute is 889 * used in the wiphy data as a nested attribute containing descriptions 890 * (&struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info) of the supported vendor commands. 891 * This may also be sent as an event with the same attributes. 892 * 893 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_QOS_MAP: Set Interworking QoS mapping for IP DSCP values. 894 * The QoS mapping information is included in %NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP. If 895 * that attribute is not included, QoS mapping is disabled. Since this 896 * QoS mapping is relevant for IP packets, it is only valid during an 897 * association. This is cleared on disassociation and AP restart. 898 * 899 * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS: Ask the kernel to add a traffic stream for the given 900 * %NL80211_ATTR_TSID and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC with %NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO 901 * and %NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME parameters. 902 * Note that the action frame handshake with the AP shall be handled by 903 * userspace via the normal management RX/TX framework, this only sets 904 * up the TX TS in the driver/device. 905 * If the admitted time attribute is not added then the request just checks 906 * if a subsequent setup could be successful, the intent is to use this to 907 * avoid setting up a session with the AP when local restrictions would 908 * make that impossible. However, the subsequent "real" setup may still 909 * fail even if the check was successful. 910 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_TX_TS: Remove an existing TS with the %NL80211_ATTR_TSID 911 * and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC parameters. It isn't necessary to call this 912 * before removing a station entry entirely, or before disassociating 913 * or similar, cleanup will happen in the driver/device in this case. 914 * 915 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MPP: Get mesh path attributes for mesh proxy path to 916 * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by 917 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 918 * 919 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_OCB: Join the OCB network. The center frequency and 920 * bandwidth of a channel must be given. 921 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_OCB: Leave the OCB network -- no special arguments, the 922 * network is determined by the network interface. 923 * 924 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Start channel-switching with a TDLS peer, 925 * identified by the %NL80211_ATTR_MAC parameter. A target channel is 926 * provided via %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and other attributes determining 927 * channel width/type. The target operating class is given via 928 * %NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS. 929 * The driver is responsible for continually initiating channel-switching 930 * operations and returning to the base channel for communication with the 931 * AP. 932 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CANCEL_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Stop channel-switching with a TDLS 933 * peer given by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. Both peers must be on the base channel 934 * when this command completes. 935 * 936 * @NL80211_CMD_WIPHY_REG_CHANGE: Similar to %NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE, but used 937 * as an event to indicate changes for devices with wiphy-specific regdom 938 * management. 939 * 940 * @NL80211_CMD_ABORT_SCAN: Stop an ongoing scan. Returns -ENOENT if a scan is 941 * not running. The driver indicates the status of the scan through 942 * cfg80211_scan_done(). 943 * 944 * @NL80211_CMD_START_NAN: Start NAN operation, identified by its 945 * %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV interface. This interface must have been 946 * previously created with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE. After it 947 * has been started, the NAN interface will create or join a 948 * cluster. This command must have a valid 949 * %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF attribute and optional 950 * %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS attributes. If %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS is 951 * omitted or set to 0, it means don't-care and the device will 952 * decide what to use. After this command NAN functions can be 953 * added. 954 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_NAN: Stop the NAN operation, identified by 955 * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV interface. 956 * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_NAN_FUNCTION: Add a NAN function. The function is defined 957 * with %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC nested attribute. When called, this 958 * operation returns the strictly positive and unique instance id 959 * (%NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC_INST_ID) and a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE) 960 * of the function upon success. 961 * Since instance ID's can be re-used, this cookie is the right 962 * way to identify the function. This will avoid races when a termination 963 * event is handled by the user space after it has already added a new 964 * function that got the same instance id from the kernel as the one 965 * which just terminated. 966 * This cookie may be used in NAN events even before the command 967 * returns, so userspace shouldn't process NAN events until it processes 968 * the response to this command. 969 * Look at %NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER as well. 970 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_NAN_FUNCTION: Delete a NAN function by cookie. 971 * This command is also used as a notification sent when a NAN function is 972 * terminated. This will contain a %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC_INST_ID 973 * and %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE attributes. 974 * @NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG: Change current NAN 975 * configuration. NAN must be operational (%NL80211_CMD_START_NAN 976 * was executed). It must contain at least one of the following 977 * attributes: %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF, 978 * %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS. If %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS is omitted, the 979 * current configuration is not changed. If it is present but 980 * set to zero, the configuration is changed to don't-care 981 * (i.e. the device can decide what to do). 982 * @NL80211_CMD_NAN_FUNC_MATCH: Notification sent when a match is reported. 983 * This will contain a %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH nested attribute and 984 * %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE. 985 * 986 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS: Update one or more connect parameters 987 * for subsequent roaming cases if the driver or firmware uses internal 988 * BSS selection. This command can be issued only while connected and it 989 * does not result in a change for the current association. Currently, 990 * only the %NL80211_ATTR_IE data is used and updated with this command. 991 * 992 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK: For offloaded 4-Way handshake, set the PMK or PMK-R0 993 * for the given authenticator address (specified with %NL80211_ATTR_MAC). 994 * When %NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME is set, %NL80211_ATTR_PMK specifies the 995 * PMK-R0, otherwise it specifies the PMK. 996 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMK: For offloaded 4-Way handshake, delete the previously 997 * configured PMK for the authenticator address identified by 998 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. 999 * @NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED: An event that indicates that the 4 way 1000 * handshake was completed successfully by the driver. The BSSID is 1001 * specified with %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. Drivers that support 4 way handshake 1002 * offload should send this event after indicating 802.11 association with 1003 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT or %NL80211_CMD_ROAM. If the 4 way handshake failed 1004 * %NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT should be indicated instead. 1005 * 1006 * @NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME: Control Port (e.g. PAE) frame TX request 1007 * and RX notification. This command is used both as a request to transmit 1008 * a control port frame and as a notification that a control port frame 1009 * has been received. %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the 1010 * frame contents. The frame is the raw EAPoL data, without ethernet or 1011 * 802.11 headers. 1012 * When used as an event indication %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE, 1013 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC are added 1014 * indicating the protocol type of the received frame; whether the frame 1015 * was received unencrypted and the MAC address of the peer respectively. 1016 * 1017 * @NL80211_CMD_RELOAD_REGDB: Request that the regdb firmware file is reloaded. 1018 * 1019 * @NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH: This interface is exclusively defined for host 1020 * drivers that do not define separate commands for authentication and 1021 * association, but rely on user space for the authentication to happen. 1022 * This interface acts both as the event request (driver to user space) 1023 * to trigger the authentication and command response (userspace to 1024 * driver) to indicate the authentication status. 1025 * 1026 * User space uses the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT command to the host driver to 1027 * trigger a connection. The host driver selects a BSS and further uses 1028 * this interface to offload only the authentication part to the user 1029 * space. Authentication frames are passed between the driver and user 1030 * space through the %NL80211_CMD_FRAME interface. Host driver proceeds 1031 * further with the association after getting successful authentication 1032 * status. User space indicates the authentication status through 1033 * %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE attribute in %NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH 1034 * command interface. 1035 * 1036 * Host driver reports this status on an authentication failure to the 1037 * user space through the connect result as the user space would have 1038 * initiated the connection through the connect request. 1039 * 1040 * @NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED: An event that notify station's 1041 * ht opmode or vht opmode changes using any of %NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE, 1042 * %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH,%NL80211_ATTR_NSS attributes with its 1043 * address(specified in %NL80211_ATTR_MAC). 1044 * 1045 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS: Retrieve FTM responder statistics, in 1046 * the %NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS attribute. 1047 * 1048 * @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_START: start a (set of) peer measurement(s) 1049 * with the given parameters, which are encapsulated in the nested 1050 * %NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS attribute. Optionally, MAC address 1051 * randomization may be enabled and configured by specifying the 1052 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK attributes. 1053 * If a timeout is requested, use the %NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT attribute. 1054 * A u64 cookie for further %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE use is is returned in 1055 * the netlink extended ack message. 1056 * 1057 * To cancel a measurement, close the socket that requested it. 1058 * 1059 * Measurement results are reported to the socket that requested the 1060 * measurement using @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT when they 1061 * become available, so applications must ensure a large enough socket 1062 * buffer size. 1063 * 1064 * Depending on driver support it may or may not be possible to start 1065 * multiple concurrent measurements. 1066 * @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT: This command number is used for the 1067 * result notification from the driver to the requesting socket. 1068 * @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_COMPLETE: Notification only, indicating that 1069 * the measurement completed, using the measurement cookie 1070 * (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE). 1071 * 1072 * @NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_RADAR: Notify the kernel that a radar signal was 1073 * detected and reported by a neighboring device on the channel 1074 * indicated by %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and other attributes 1075 * determining the width and type. 1076 * 1077 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_OWE_INFO: This interface allows the host driver to 1078 * offload OWE processing to user space. This intends to support 1079 * OWE AKM by the host drivers that implement SME but rely 1080 * on the user space for the cryptographic/DH IE processing in AP mode. 1081 * 1082 * @NL80211_CMD_PROBE_MESH_LINK: The requirement for mesh link metric 1083 * refreshing, is that from one mesh point we be able to send some data 1084 * frames to other mesh points which are not currently selected as a 1085 * primary traffic path, but which are only 1 hop away. The absence of 1086 * the primary path to the chosen node makes it necessary to apply some 1087 * form of marking on a chosen packet stream so that the packets can be 1088 * properly steered to the selected node for testing, and not by the 1089 * regular mesh path lookup. Further, the packets must be of type data 1090 * so that the rate control (often embedded in firmware) is used for 1091 * rate selection. 1092 * 1093 * Here attribute %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is used to specify connected mesh 1094 * peer MAC address and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the frame 1095 * content. The frame is ethernet data. 1096 * 1097 * @NL80211_CMD_MAX: highest used command number 1098 * @__NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST: internal use 1099 */ 1100 enum nl80211_commands { 1101 /* don't change the order or add anything between, this is ABI! */ 1102 NL80211_CMD_UNSPEC, 1103 1104 NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY, /* can dump */ 1105 NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY, 1106 NL80211_CMD_NEW_WIPHY, 1107 NL80211_CMD_DEL_WIPHY, 1108 1109 NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE, /* can dump */ 1110 NL80211_CMD_SET_INTERFACE, 1111 NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE, 1112 NL80211_CMD_DEL_INTERFACE, 1113 1114 NL80211_CMD_GET_KEY, 1115 NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY, 1116 NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY, 1117 NL80211_CMD_DEL_KEY, 1118 1119 NL80211_CMD_GET_BEACON, 1120 NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON, 1121 NL80211_CMD_START_AP, 1122 NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON = NL80211_CMD_START_AP, 1123 NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP, 1124 NL80211_CMD_DEL_BEACON = NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP, 1125 1126 NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION, 1127 NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION, 1128 NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION, 1129 NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION, 1130 1131 NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH, 1132 NL80211_CMD_SET_MPATH, 1133 NL80211_CMD_NEW_MPATH, 1134 NL80211_CMD_DEL_MPATH, 1135 1136 NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS, 1137 1138 NL80211_CMD_SET_REG, 1139 NL80211_CMD_REQ_SET_REG, 1140 1141 NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG, 1142 NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG, 1143 1144 NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE /* reserved; not used */, 1145 1146 NL80211_CMD_GET_REG, 1147 1148 NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN, 1149 NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN, 1150 NL80211_CMD_NEW_SCAN_RESULTS, 1151 NL80211_CMD_SCAN_ABORTED, 1152 1153 NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE, 1154 1155 NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, 1156 NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE, 1157 NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE, 1158 NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE, 1159 1160 NL80211_CMD_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE, 1161 1162 NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT, 1163 1164 NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS, 1165 NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_IBSS, 1166 1167 NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE, 1168 1169 NL80211_CMD_CONNECT, 1170 NL80211_CMD_ROAM, 1171 NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT, 1172 1173 NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY_NETNS, 1174 1175 NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY, 1176 NL80211_CMD_NEW_SURVEY_RESULTS, 1177 1178 NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA, 1179 NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA, 1180 NL80211_CMD_FLUSH_PMKSA, 1181 1182 NL80211_CMD_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL, 1183 NL80211_CMD_CANCEL_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL, 1184 1185 NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK, 1186 1187 NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME, 1188 NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_ACTION = NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME, 1189 NL80211_CMD_FRAME, 1190 NL80211_CMD_ACTION = NL80211_CMD_FRAME, 1191 NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS, 1192 NL80211_CMD_ACTION_TX_STATUS = NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS, 1193 1194 NL80211_CMD_SET_POWER_SAVE, 1195 NL80211_CMD_GET_POWER_SAVE, 1196 1197 NL80211_CMD_SET_CQM, 1198 NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM, 1199 1200 NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL, 1201 NL80211_CMD_SET_WDS_PEER, 1202 1203 NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL, 1204 1205 NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH, 1206 NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH, 1207 1208 NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DEAUTHENTICATE, 1209 NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DISASSOCIATE, 1210 1211 NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE, 1212 1213 NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN, 1214 NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN, 1215 1216 NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN, 1217 NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN, 1218 NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_RESULTS, 1219 NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED, 1220 1221 NL80211_CMD_SET_REKEY_OFFLOAD, 1222 1223 NL80211_CMD_PMKSA_CANDIDATE, 1224 1225 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER, 1226 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT, 1227 1228 NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME, 1229 1230 NL80211_CMD_PROBE_CLIENT, 1231 1232 NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_BEACONS, 1233 1234 NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME, 1235 1236 NL80211_CMD_SET_NOACK_MAP, 1237 1238 NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_NOTIFY, 1239 1240 NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE, 1241 NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE, 1242 1243 NL80211_CMD_CONN_FAILED, 1244 1245 NL80211_CMD_SET_MCAST_RATE, 1246 1247 NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL, 1248 1249 NL80211_CMD_RADAR_DETECT, 1250 1251 NL80211_CMD_GET_PROTOCOL_FEATURES, 1252 1253 NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES, 1254 NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT, 1255 1256 NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_START, 1257 NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_STOP, 1258 1259 NL80211_CMD_GET_COALESCE, 1260 NL80211_CMD_SET_COALESCE, 1261 1262 NL80211_CMD_CHANNEL_SWITCH, 1263 1264 NL80211_CMD_VENDOR, 1265 1266 NL80211_CMD_SET_QOS_MAP, 1267 1268 NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS, 1269 NL80211_CMD_DEL_TX_TS, 1270 1271 NL80211_CMD_GET_MPP, 1272 1273 NL80211_CMD_JOIN_OCB, 1274 NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_OCB, 1275 1276 NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_STARTED_NOTIFY, 1277 1278 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH, 1279 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CANCEL_CHANNEL_SWITCH, 1280 1281 NL80211_CMD_WIPHY_REG_CHANGE, 1282 1283 NL80211_CMD_ABORT_SCAN, 1284 1285 NL80211_CMD_START_NAN, 1286 NL80211_CMD_STOP_NAN, 1287 NL80211_CMD_ADD_NAN_FUNCTION, 1288 NL80211_CMD_DEL_NAN_FUNCTION, 1289 NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG, 1290 NL80211_CMD_NAN_MATCH, 1291 1292 NL80211_CMD_SET_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST, 1293 1294 NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS, 1295 1296 NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK, 1297 NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMK, 1298 1299 NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED, 1300 1301 NL80211_CMD_RELOAD_REGDB, 1302 1303 NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH, 1304 1305 NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED, 1306 1307 NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME, 1308 1309 NL80211_CMD_GET_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS, 1310 1311 NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_START, 1312 NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT, 1313 NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_COMPLETE, 1314 1315 NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_RADAR, 1316 1317 NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_OWE_INFO, 1318 1319 NL80211_CMD_PROBE_MESH_LINK, 1320 1321 /* add new commands above here */ 1322 1323 /* used to define NL80211_CMD_MAX below */ 1324 __NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST, 1325 NL80211_CMD_MAX = __NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST - 1 1326 }; 1327 1328 /* 1329 * Allow user space programs to use #ifdef on new commands by defining them 1330 * here 1331 */ 1332 #define NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS 1333 #define NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE 1334 #define NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE 1335 #define NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE 1336 #define NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE 1337 #define NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE 1338 #define NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE 1339 #define NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT 1340 1341 #define NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS 1342 1343 /* source-level API compatibility */ 1344 #define NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG 1345 #define NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG 1346 #define NL80211_MESH_SETUP_VENDOR_PATH_SEL_IE NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE 1347 1348 /** 1349 * enum nl80211_attrs - nl80211 netlink attributes 1350 * 1351 * @NL80211_ATTR_UNSPEC: unspecified attribute to catch errors 1352 * 1353 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY: index of wiphy to operate on, cf. 1354 * /sys/class/ieee80211/<phyname>/index 1355 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME: wiphy name (used for renaming) 1356 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS: a nested array of TX queue parameters 1357 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ: frequency of the selected channel in MHz, 1358 * defines the channel together with the (deprecated) 1359 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE attribute or the attributes 1360 * %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH and if needed %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1 1361 * and %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2 1362 * @NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH: u32 attribute containing one of the values 1363 * of &enum nl80211_chan_width, describing the channel width. See the 1364 * documentation of the enum for more information. 1365 * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1: Center frequency of the first part of the 1366 * channel, used for anything but 20 MHz bandwidth 1367 * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2: Center frequency of the second part of the 1368 * channel, used only for 80+80 MHz bandwidth 1369 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE: included with NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ 1370 * if HT20 or HT40 are to be used (i.e., HT disabled if not included): 1371 * NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT = HT not allowed (i.e., same as not including 1372 * this attribute) 1373 * NL80211_CHAN_HT20 = HT20 only 1374 * NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS = secondary channel is below the primary channel 1375 * NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS = secondary channel is above the primary channel 1376 * This attribute is now deprecated. 1377 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT: TX retry limit for frames whose length is 1378 * less than or equal to the RTS threshold; allowed range: 1..255; 1379 * dot11ShortRetryLimit; u8 1380 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG: TX retry limit for frames whose length is 1381 * greater than the RTS threshold; allowed range: 1..255; 1382 * dot11ShortLongLimit; u8 1383 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD: fragmentation threshold, i.e., maximum 1384 * length in octets for frames; allowed range: 256..8000, disable 1385 * fragmentation with (u32)-1; dot11FragmentationThreshold; u32 1386 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD: RTS threshold (TX frames with length 1387 * larger than or equal to this use RTS/CTS handshake); allowed range: 1388 * 0..65536, disable with (u32)-1; dot11RTSThreshold; u32 1389 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_COVERAGE_CLASS: Coverage Class as defined by IEEE 802.11 1390 * section 7.3.2.9; dot11CoverageClass; u8 1391 * 1392 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX: network interface index of the device to operate on 1393 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME: network interface name 1394 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE: type of virtual interface, see &enum nl80211_iftype 1395 * 1396 * @NL80211_ATTR_WDEV: wireless device identifier, used for pseudo-devices 1397 * that don't have a netdev (u64) 1398 * 1399 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC: MAC address (various uses) 1400 * 1401 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA: (temporal) key data; for TKIP this consists of 1402 * 16 bytes encryption key followed by 8 bytes each for TX and RX MIC 1403 * keys 1404 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX: key ID (u8, 0-3) 1405 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER: key cipher suite (u32, as defined by IEEE 802.11 1406 * section 7.3.2.25.1, e.g. 0x000FAC04) 1407 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ: transmit key sequence number (IV/PN) for TKIP and 1408 * CCMP keys, each six bytes in little endian 1409 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT: Flag attribute indicating the key is default key 1410 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT: Flag attribute indicating the key is the 1411 * default management key 1412 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE: For crypto settings for connect or 1413 * other commands, indicates which pairwise cipher suites are used 1414 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP: For crypto settings for connect or 1415 * other commands, indicates which group cipher suite is used 1416 * 1417 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL: beacon interval in TU 1418 * @NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD: DTIM period for beaconing 1419 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD: portion of the beacon before the TIM IE 1420 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL: portion of the beacon after the TIM IE 1421 * 1422 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID: Association ID for the station (u16) 1423 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS: flags, nested element with NLA_FLAG attributes of 1424 * &enum nl80211_sta_flags (deprecated, use %NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2) 1425 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_LISTEN_INTERVAL: listen interval as defined by 1426 * IEEE 802.11 7.3.1.6 (u16). 1427 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_RATES: supported rates, array of supported 1428 * rates as defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but without the length 1429 * restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES). 1430 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN: interface index of VLAN interface to move station 1431 * to, or the AP interface the station was originally added to to. 1432 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO: information about a station, part of station info 1433 * given for %NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION, nested attribute containing 1434 * info as possible, see &enum nl80211_sta_info. 1435 * 1436 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_BANDS: Information about an operating bands, 1437 * consisting of a nested array. 1438 * 1439 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_ID: mesh id (1-32 bytes). 1440 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_ACTION: action to perform on the mesh peer link 1441 * (see &enum nl80211_plink_action). 1442 * @NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP: MAC address of the next hop for a mesh path. 1443 * @NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO: information about a mesh_path, part of mesh path 1444 * info given for %NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH, nested attribute described at 1445 * &enum nl80211_mpath_info. 1446 * 1447 * @NL80211_ATTR_MNTR_FLAGS: flags, nested element with NLA_FLAG attributes of 1448 * &enum nl80211_mntr_flags. 1449 * 1450 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2: an ISO-3166-alpha2 country code for which the 1451 * current regulatory domain should be set to or is already set to. 1452 * For example, 'CR', for Costa Rica. This attribute is used by the kernel 1453 * to query the CRDA to retrieve one regulatory domain. This attribute can 1454 * also be used by userspace to query the kernel for the currently set 1455 * regulatory domain. We chose an alpha2 as that is also used by the 1456 * IEEE-802.11 country information element to identify a country. 1457 * Users can also simply ask the wireless core to set regulatory domain 1458 * to a specific alpha2. 1459 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULES: a nested array of regulatory domain regulatory 1460 * rules. 1461 * 1462 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled (u8, 0 or 1) 1463 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled 1464 * (u8, 0 or 1) 1465 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time enabled 1466 * (u8, 0 or 1) 1467 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES: basic rates, array of basic 1468 * rates in format defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but without the length 1469 * restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES). 1470 * 1471 * @NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY: HT Capability information element (from 1472 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION) 1473 * 1474 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing all 1475 * supported interface types, each a flag attribute with the number 1476 * of the interface mode. 1477 * 1478 * @NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE: Management frame subtype for 1479 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE. 1480 * 1481 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE: Information element(s) data (used, e.g., with 1482 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE). 1483 * 1484 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCAN_SSIDS: number of SSIDs you can scan with 1485 * a single scan request, a wiphy attribute. 1486 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_SSIDS: number of SSIDs you can 1487 * scan with a single scheduled scan request, a wiphy attribute. 1488 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_IE_LEN: maximum length of information elements 1489 * that can be added to a scan request 1490 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCHED_SCAN_IE_LEN: maximum length of information 1491 * elements that can be added to a scheduled scan request 1492 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_MATCH_SETS: maximum number of sets that can be 1493 * used with @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH, a wiphy attribute. 1494 * 1495 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES: nested attribute with frequencies (in MHz) 1496 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS: nested attribute with SSIDs, leave out for passive 1497 * scanning and include a zero-length SSID (wildcard) for wildcard scan 1498 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS: scan result BSS 1499 * 1500 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR: indicates who requested the regulatory domain 1501 * currently in effect. This could be any of the %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_* 1502 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE: indicates the type of the regulatory domain currently 1503 * set. This can be one of the nl80211_reg_type (%NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_*) 1504 * 1505 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_COMMANDS: wiphy attribute that specifies 1506 * an array of command numbers (i.e. a mapping index to command number) 1507 * that the driver for the given wiphy supports. 1508 * 1509 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME: frame data (binary attribute), including frame header 1510 * and body, but not FCS; used, e.g., with NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE and 1511 * NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE events 1512 * @NL80211_ATTR_SSID: SSID (binary attribute, 0..32 octets) 1513 * @NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE: AuthenticationType, see &enum nl80211_auth_type, 1514 * represented as a u32 1515 * @NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE: ReasonCode for %NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE and 1516 * %NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE, u16 1517 * 1518 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE: Key Type, see &enum nl80211_key_type, represented as 1519 * a u32 1520 * 1521 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE: A channel which has suffered a regulatory change 1522 * due to considerations from a beacon hint. This attribute reflects 1523 * the state of the channel _before_ the beacon hint processing. This 1524 * attributes consists of a nested attribute containing 1525 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_* 1526 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER: A channel which has suffered a regulatory change 1527 * due to considerations from a beacon hint. This attribute reflects 1528 * the state of the channel _after_ the beacon hint processing. This 1529 * attributes consists of a nested attribute containing 1530 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_* 1531 * 1532 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES: a set of u32 values indicating the supported 1533 * cipher suites 1534 * 1535 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_FIXED: a flag indicating the IBSS should not try to look 1536 * for other networks on different channels 1537 * 1538 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT: a flag indicating than an operation timed out; this 1539 * is used, e.g., with %NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE event 1540 * 1541 * @NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP: Whether management frame protection (IEEE 802.11w) is 1542 * used for the association (&enum nl80211_mfp, represented as a u32); 1543 * this attribute can be used with %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and 1544 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests. %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL is not allowed for 1545 * %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE since user space SME is expected and hence, it 1546 * must have decided whether to use management frame protection or not. 1547 * Setting %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL with a %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT request will 1548 * let the driver (or the firmware) decide whether to use MFP or not. 1549 * 1550 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2: Attribute containing a 1551 * &struct nl80211_sta_flag_update. 1552 * 1553 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT: A flag indicating whether user space controls 1554 * IEEE 802.1X port, i.e., sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED, in 1555 * station mode. If the flag is included in %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE 1556 * request, the driver will assume that the port is unauthorized until 1557 * authorized by user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by 1558 * default in station mode. 1559 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE: A 16-bit value indicating the 1560 * ethertype that will be used for key negotiation. It can be 1561 * specified with the associate and connect commands. If it is not 1562 * specified, the value defaults to 0x888E (PAE, 802.1X). This 1563 * attribute is also used as a flag in the wiphy information to 1564 * indicate that protocols other than PAE are supported. 1565 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT: When included along with 1566 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE, indicates that the custom 1567 * ethertype frames used for key negotiation must not be encrypted. 1568 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211: A flag indicating whether control 1569 * port frames (e.g. of type given in %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE) 1570 * will be sent directly to the network interface or sent via the NL80211 1571 * socket. If this attribute is missing, then legacy behavior of sending 1572 * control port frames directly to the network interface is used. If the 1573 * flag is included, then control port frames are sent over NL80211 instead 1574 * using %CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME. If control port routing over NL80211 is 1575 * to be used then userspace must also use the %NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER 1576 * flag. 1577 * 1578 * @NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA: Testmode data blob, passed through to the driver. 1579 * We recommend using nested, driver-specific attributes within this. 1580 * 1581 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP: A flag indicating that the DISCONNECT 1582 * event was due to the AP disconnecting the station, and not due to 1583 * a local disconnect request. 1584 * @NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE: StatusCode for the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT 1585 * event (u16) 1586 * @NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY: Flag attribute, used with connect(), indicating 1587 * that protected APs should be used. This is also used with NEW_BEACON to 1588 * indicate that the BSS is to use protection. 1589 * 1590 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHERS_PAIRWISE: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON 1591 * to indicate which unicast key ciphers will be used with the connection 1592 * (an array of u32). 1593 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_GROUP: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to 1594 * indicate which group key cipher will be used with the connection (a 1595 * u32). 1596 * @NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to 1597 * indicate which WPA version(s) the AP we want to associate with is using 1598 * (a u32 with flags from &enum nl80211_wpa_versions). 1599 * @NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to 1600 * indicate which key management algorithm(s) to use (an array of u32). 1601 * This attribute is also sent in response to @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY, 1602 * indicating the supported AKM suites, intended for specific drivers which 1603 * implement SME and have constraints on which AKMs are supported and also 1604 * the cases where an AKM support is offloaded to the driver/firmware. 1605 * If there is no such notification from the driver, user space should 1606 * assume the driver supports all the AKM suites. 1607 * 1608 * @NL80211_ATTR_REQ_IE: (Re)association request information elements as 1609 * sent out by the card, for ROAM and successful CONNECT events. 1610 * @NL80211_ATTR_RESP_IE: (Re)association response information elements as 1611 * sent by peer, for ROAM and successful CONNECT events. 1612 * 1613 * @NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID: previous BSSID, to be used in ASSOCIATE and CONNECT 1614 * commands to specify a request to reassociate within an ESS, i.e., to use 1615 * Reassociate Request frame (with the value of this attribute in the 1616 * Current AP address field) instead of Association Request frame which is 1617 * used for the initial association to an ESS. 1618 * 1619 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY: key information in a nested attribute with 1620 * %NL80211_KEY_* sub-attributes 1621 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEYS: array of keys for static WEP keys for connect() 1622 * and join_ibss(), key information is in a nested attribute each 1623 * with %NL80211_KEY_* sub-attributes 1624 * 1625 * @NL80211_ATTR_PID: Process ID of a network namespace. 1626 * 1627 * @NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION: Used to indicate consistent snapshots for 1628 * dumps. This number increases whenever the object list being 1629 * dumped changes, and as such userspace can verify that it has 1630 * obtained a complete and consistent snapshot by verifying that 1631 * all dump messages contain the same generation number. If it 1632 * changed then the list changed and the dump should be repeated 1633 * completely from scratch. 1634 * 1635 * @NL80211_ATTR_4ADDR: Use 4-address frames on a virtual interface 1636 * 1637 * @NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO: survey information about a channel, part of 1638 * the survey response for %NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY, nested attribute 1639 * containing info as possible, see &enum survey_info. 1640 * 1641 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKID: PMK material for PMKSA caching. 1642 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_PMKIDS: maximum number of PMKIDs a firmware can 1643 * cache, a wiphy attribute. 1644 * 1645 * @NL80211_ATTR_DURATION: Duration of an operation in milliseconds, u32. 1646 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_DURATION: Device attribute that 1647 * specifies the maximum duration that can be requested with the 1648 * remain-on-channel operation, in milliseconds, u32. 1649 * 1650 * @NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE: Generic 64-bit cookie to identify objects. 1651 * 1652 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES: Nested set of attributes 1653 * (enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes) describing TX rates per band. The 1654 * enum nl80211_band value is used as the index (nla_type() of the nested 1655 * data. If a band is not included, it will be configured to allow all 1656 * rates based on negotiated supported rates information. This attribute 1657 * is used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK and with starting AP, 1658 * and joining mesh networks (not IBSS yet). In the later case, it must 1659 * specify just a single bitrate, which is to be used for the beacon. 1660 * The driver must also specify support for this with the extended 1661 * features NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY, 1662 * NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT and 1663 * NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT. 1664 * 1665 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_MATCH: A binary attribute which typically must contain 1666 * at least one byte, currently used with @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME. 1667 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE: A u16 indicating the frame type/subtype for the 1668 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME command. 1669 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_FRAME_TYPES: wiphy capability attribute, which is a 1670 * nested attribute of %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE attributes, containing 1671 * information about which frame types can be transmitted with 1672 * %NL80211_CMD_FRAME. 1673 * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_FRAME_TYPES: wiphy capability attribute, which is a 1674 * nested attribute of %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE attributes, containing 1675 * information about which frame types can be registered for RX. 1676 * 1677 * @NL80211_ATTR_ACK: Flag attribute indicating that the frame was 1678 * acknowledged by the recipient. 1679 * 1680 * @NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE: powersave state, using &enum nl80211_ps_state values. 1681 * 1682 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM: connection quality monitor configuration in a 1683 * nested attribute with %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_* sub-attributes. 1684 * 1685 * @NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_STATE_CHANGE: Flag attribute to indicate that a command 1686 * is requesting a local authentication/association state change without 1687 * invoking actual management frame exchange. This can be used with 1688 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE, 1689 * NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE. 1690 * 1691 * @NL80211_ATTR_AP_ISOLATE: (AP mode) Do not forward traffic between stations 1692 * connected to this BSS. 1693 * 1694 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING: Transmit power setting type. See 1695 * &enum nl80211_tx_power_setting for possible values. 1696 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_LEVEL: Transmit power level in signed mBm units. 1697 * This is used in association with @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING 1698 * for non-automatic settings. 1699 * 1700 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_IBSS_RSN: The device supports IBSS RSN, which mostly 1701 * means support for per-station GTKs. 1702 * 1703 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX: Bitmap of allowed antennas for transmitting. 1704 * This can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should 1705 * not be used for transmitting. If an antenna is not selected in this 1706 * bitmap the hardware is not allowed to transmit on this antenna. 1707 * 1708 * Each bit represents one antenna, starting with antenna 1 at the first 1709 * bit. Depending on which antennas are selected in the bitmap, 802.11n 1710 * drivers can derive which chainmasks to use (if all antennas belonging to 1711 * a particular chain are disabled this chain should be disabled) and if 1712 * a chain has diversity antennas wether diversity should be used or not. 1713 * HT capabilities (STBC, TX Beamforming, Antenna selection) can be 1714 * derived from the available chains after applying the antenna mask. 1715 * Non-802.11n drivers can derive wether to use diversity or not. 1716 * Drivers may reject configurations or RX/TX mask combinations they cannot 1717 * support by returning -EINVAL. 1718 * 1719 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_RX: Bitmap of allowed antennas for receiving. 1720 * This can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should 1721 * not be used for receiving. If an antenna is not selected in this bitmap 1722 * the hardware should not be configured to receive on this antenna. 1723 * For a more detailed description see @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX. 1724 * 1725 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_TX: Bitmap of antennas which are available 1726 * for configuration as TX antennas via the above parameters. 1727 * 1728 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_RX: Bitmap of antennas which are available 1729 * for configuration as RX antennas via the above parameters. 1730 * 1731 * @NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE: Multicast tx rate (in 100 kbps) for IBSS 1732 * 1733 * @NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK: For management frame TX, the frame may be 1734 * transmitted on another channel when the channel given doesn't match 1735 * the current channel. If the current channel doesn't match and this 1736 * flag isn't set, the frame will be rejected. This is also used as an 1737 * nl80211 capability flag. 1738 * 1739 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HT_OPMODE: HT operation mode (u16) 1740 * 1741 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: A nested attribute containing flags 1742 * attributes, specifying what a key should be set as default as. 1743 * See &enum nl80211_key_default_types. 1744 * 1745 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_SETUP: Optional mesh setup parameters. These cannot be 1746 * changed once the mesh is active. 1747 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG: Mesh configuration parameters, a nested attribute 1748 * containing attributes from &enum nl80211_meshconf_params. 1749 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_MESH_AUTH: Currently, this means the underlying driver 1750 * allows auth frames in a mesh to be passed to userspace for processing via 1751 * the @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH flag. 1752 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_STATE: The state of a mesh peer link as defined in 1753 * &enum nl80211_plink_state. Used when userspace is driving the peer link 1754 * management state machine. @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE or 1755 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM must be enabled. 1756 * 1757 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED: indicates, as part of the wiphy 1758 * capabilities, the supported WoWLAN triggers 1759 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS: used by %NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN to 1760 * indicate which WoW triggers should be enabled. This is also 1761 * used by %NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN to get the currently enabled WoWLAN 1762 * triggers. 1763 * 1764 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL: Interval between scheduled scan 1765 * cycles, in msecs. 1766 * 1767 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH: Nested attribute with one or more 1768 * sets of attributes to match during scheduled scans. Only BSSs 1769 * that match any of the sets will be reported. These are 1770 * pass-thru filter rules. 1771 * For a match to succeed, the BSS must match all attributes of a 1772 * set. Since not every hardware supports matching all types of 1773 * attributes, there is no guarantee that the reported BSSs are 1774 * fully complying with the match sets and userspace needs to be 1775 * able to ignore them by itself. 1776 * Thus, the implementation is somewhat hardware-dependent, but 1777 * this is only an optimization and the userspace application 1778 * needs to handle all the non-filtered results anyway. 1779 * If the match attributes don't make sense when combined with 1780 * the values passed in @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS (eg. if an SSID 1781 * is included in the probe request, but the match attributes 1782 * will never let it go through), -EINVAL may be returned. 1783 * If omitted, no filtering is done. 1784 * 1785 * @NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS: Nested attribute listing the supported 1786 * interface combinations. In each nested item, it contains attributes 1787 * defined in &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs. 1788 * @NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES: Nested attribute (just like 1789 * %NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES) containing the interface types that 1790 * are managed in software: interfaces of these types aren't subject to 1791 * any restrictions in their number or combinations. 1792 * 1793 * @NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA: nested attribute containing the information 1794 * necessary for GTK rekeying in the device, see &enum nl80211_rekey_data. 1795 * 1796 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SUPP_RATES: rates per to be advertised as supported in scan, 1797 * nested array attribute containing an entry for each band, with the entry 1798 * being a list of supported rates as defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but 1799 * without the length restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES). 1800 * 1801 * @NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID: indicates whether SSID is to be hidden from Beacon 1802 * and Probe Response (when response to wildcard Probe Request); see 1803 * &enum nl80211_hidden_ssid, represented as a u32 1804 * 1805 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP: Information element(s) for Probe Response frame. 1806 * This is used with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON and %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON to 1807 * provide extra IEs (e.g., WPS/P2P IE) into Probe Response frames when the 1808 * driver (or firmware) replies to Probe Request frames. 1809 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP: Information element(s) for (Re)Association 1810 * Response frames. This is used with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON and 1811 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON to provide extra IEs (e.g., WPS/P2P IE) into 1812 * (Re)Association Response frames when the driver (or firmware) replies to 1813 * (Re)Association Request frames. 1814 * 1815 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_WME: Nested attribute containing the wme configuration 1816 * of the station, see &enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr. 1817 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_AP_UAPSD: the device supports uapsd when working 1818 * as AP. 1819 * 1820 * @NL80211_ATTR_ROAM_SUPPORT: Indicates whether the firmware is capable of 1821 * roaming to another AP in the same ESS if the signal lever is low. 1822 * 1823 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: Nested attribute containing the PMKSA caching 1824 * candidate information, see &enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr. 1825 * 1826 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE: Indicates whether to use CCK rate or not 1827 * for management frames transmission. In order to avoid p2p probe/action 1828 * frames are being transmitted at CCK rate in 2GHz band, the user space 1829 * applications use this attribute. 1830 * This attribute is used with %NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN and 1831 * %NL80211_CMD_FRAME commands. 1832 * 1833 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION: Low level TDLS action code (e.g. link setup 1834 * request, link setup confirm, link teardown, etc.). Values are 1835 * described in the TDLS (802.11z) specification. 1836 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_DIALOG_TOKEN: Non-zero token for uniquely identifying a 1837 * TDLS conversation between two devices. 1838 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION: High level TDLS operation; see 1839 * &enum nl80211_tdls_operation, represented as a u8. 1840 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_SUPPORT: A flag indicating the device can operate 1841 * as a TDLS peer sta. 1842 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP: The TDLS discovery/setup and teardown 1843 * procedures should be performed by sending TDLS packets via 1844 * %NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT. Otherwise %NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER should be 1845 * used for asking the driver to perform a TDLS operation. 1846 * 1847 * @NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME: This u32 attribute may be listed for devices 1848 * that have AP support to indicate that they have the AP SME integrated 1849 * with support for the features listed in this attribute, see 1850 * &enum nl80211_ap_sme_features. 1851 * 1852 * @NL80211_ATTR_DONT_WAIT_FOR_ACK: Used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME, this tells 1853 * the driver to not wait for an acknowledgement. Note that due to this, 1854 * it will also not give a status callback nor return a cookie. This is 1855 * mostly useful for probe responses to save airtime. 1856 * 1857 * @NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS: This u32 attribute contains flags from 1858 * &enum nl80211_feature_flags and is advertised in wiphy information. 1859 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD: Indicates that the HW responds to probe 1860 * requests while operating in AP-mode. 1861 * This attribute holds a bitmap of the supported protocols for 1862 * offloading (see &enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr). 1863 * 1864 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP: Probe Response template data. Contains the entire 1865 * probe-response frame. The DA field in the 802.11 header is zero-ed out, 1866 * to be filled by the FW. 1867 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HT: Force HT capable interfaces to disable 1868 * this feature. Currently, only supported in mac80211 drivers. 1869 * @NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY_MASK: Specify which bits of the 1870 * ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY to which attention should be paid. 1871 * Currently, only mac80211 NICs support this feature. 1872 * The values that may be configured are: 1873 * MCS rates, MAX-AMSDU, HT-20-40 and HT_CAP_SGI_40 1874 * AMPDU density and AMPDU factor. 1875 * All values are treated as suggestions and may be ignored 1876 * by the driver as required. The actual values may be seen in 1877 * the station debugfs ht_caps file. 1878 * 1879 * @NL80211_ATTR_DFS_REGION: region for regulatory rules which this country 1880 * abides to when initiating radiation on DFS channels. A country maps 1881 * to one DFS region. 1882 * 1883 * @NL80211_ATTR_NOACK_MAP: This u16 bitmap contains the No Ack Policy of 1884 * up to 16 TIDs. 1885 * 1886 * @NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT: timeout value in seconds, this can be 1887 * used by the drivers which has MLME in firmware and does not have support 1888 * to report per station tx/rx activity to free up the station entry from 1889 * the list. This needs to be used when the driver advertises the 1890 * capability to timeout the stations. 1891 * 1892 * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_SIGNAL_DBM: signal strength in dBm (as a 32-bit int); 1893 * this attribute is (depending on the driver capabilities) added to 1894 * received frames indicated with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME. 1895 * 1896 * @NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD: Background scan period in seconds 1897 * or 0 to disable background scan. 1898 * 1899 * @NL80211_ATTR_USER_REG_HINT_TYPE: type of regulatory hint passed from 1900 * userspace. If unset it is assumed the hint comes directly from 1901 * a user. If set code could specify exactly what type of source 1902 * was used to provide the hint. For the different types of 1903 * allowed user regulatory hints see nl80211_user_reg_hint_type. 1904 * 1905 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON: The reason for which AP has rejected 1906 * the connection request from a station. nl80211_connect_failed_reason 1907 * enum has different reasons of connection failure. 1908 * 1909 * @NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA: Fields and elements in Authentication frames. 1910 * This contains the authentication frame body (non-IE and IE data), 1911 * excluding the Authentication algorithm number, i.e., starting at the 1912 * Authentication transaction sequence number field. It is used with 1913 * authentication algorithms that need special fields to be added into 1914 * the frames (SAE and FILS). Currently, only the SAE cases use the 1915 * initial two fields (Authentication transaction sequence number and 1916 * Status code). However, those fields are included in the attribute data 1917 * for all authentication algorithms to keep the attribute definition 1918 * consistent. 1919 * 1920 * @NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY: VHT Capability information element (from 1921 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION) 1922 * 1923 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FLAGS: scan request control flags (u32) 1924 * 1925 * @NL80211_ATTR_P2P_CTWINDOW: P2P GO Client Traffic Window (u8), used with 1926 * the START_AP and SET_BSS commands 1927 * @NL80211_ATTR_P2P_OPPPS: P2P GO opportunistic PS (u8), used with the 1928 * START_AP and SET_BSS commands. This can have the values 0 or 1; 1929 * if not given in START_AP 0 is assumed, if not given in SET_BSS 1930 * no change is made. 1931 * 1932 * @NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_MESH_POWER_MODE: local mesh STA link-specific power mode 1933 * defined in &enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode. 1934 * 1935 * @NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY: ACL policy, see &enum nl80211_acl_policy, 1936 * carried in a u32 attribute 1937 * 1938 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS: Array of nested MAC addresses, used for 1939 * MAC ACL. 1940 * 1941 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ACL_MAX: u32 attribute to advertise the maximum 1942 * number of MAC addresses that a device can support for MAC 1943 * ACL. 1944 * 1945 * @NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT: Type of radar event for notification to userspace, 1946 * contains a value of enum nl80211_radar_event (u32). 1947 * 1948 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA: 802.11 extended capabilities that the kernel driver 1949 * has and handles. The format is the same as the IE contents. See 1950 * 802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for more information. 1951 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK: Extended capabilities that the kernel driver 1952 * has set in the %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA value, for multibit fields. 1953 * 1954 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_CAPABILITY: Station capabilities (u16) are advertised to 1955 * the driver, e.g., to enable TDLS power save (PU-APSD). 1956 * 1957 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_EXT_CAPABILITY: Station extended capabilities are 1958 * advertised to the driver, e.g., to enable TDLS off channel operations 1959 * and PU-APSD. 1960 * 1961 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES: global nl80211 feature flags, see 1962 * &enum nl80211_protocol_features, the attribute is a u32. 1963 * 1964 * @NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP: flag attribute, userspace supports 1965 * receiving the data for a single wiphy split across multiple 1966 * messages, given with wiphy dump message 1967 * 1968 * @NL80211_ATTR_MDID: Mobility Domain Identifier 1969 * 1970 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_RIC: Resource Information Container Information 1971 * Element 1972 * 1973 * @NL80211_ATTR_CRIT_PROT_ID: critical protocol identifier requiring increased 1974 * reliability, see &enum nl80211_crit_proto_id (u16). 1975 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CRIT_PROT_DURATION: duration in milliseconds in which 1976 * the connection should have increased reliability (u16). 1977 * 1978 * @NL80211_ATTR_PEER_AID: Association ID for the peer TDLS station (u16). 1979 * This is similar to @NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID but with a difference of being 1980 * allowed to be used with the first @NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION command to 1981 * update a TDLS peer STA entry. 1982 * 1983 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE: Coalesce rule information. 1984 * 1985 * @NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT: u32 attribute specifying the number of TBTT's 1986 * until the channel switch event. 1987 * @NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX: flag attribute specifying that transmission 1988 * must be blocked on the current channel (before the channel switch 1989 * operation). 1990 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_IES: Nested set of attributes containing the IE information 1991 * for the time while performing a channel switch. 1992 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_BEACON: An array of offsets (u16) to the channel 1993 * switch counters in the beacons tail (%NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL). 1994 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_PRESP: An array of offsets (u16) to the channel 1995 * switch counters in the probe response (%NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP). 1996 * 1997 * @NL80211_ATTR_RXMGMT_FLAGS: flags for nl80211_send_mgmt(), u32. 1998 * As specified in the &enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags. 1999 * 2000 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_CHANNELS: array of supported channels. 2001 * 2002 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_OPER_CLASSES: array of supported 2003 * supported operating classes. 2004 * 2005 * @NL80211_ATTR_HANDLE_DFS: A flag indicating whether user space 2006 * controls DFS operation in IBSS mode. If the flag is included in 2007 * %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS request, the driver will allow use of DFS 2008 * channels and reports radar events to userspace. Userspace is required 2009 * to react to radar events, e.g. initiate a channel switch or leave the 2010 * IBSS network. 2011 * 2012 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_5_MHZ: A flag indicating that the device supports 2013 * 5 MHz channel bandwidth. 2014 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_10_MHZ: A flag indicating that the device supports 2015 * 10 MHz channel bandwidth. 2016 * 2017 * @NL80211_ATTR_OPMODE_NOTIF: Operating mode field from Operating Mode 2018 * Notification Element based on association request when used with 2019 * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION or %NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION (only when 2020 * %NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE is supported, or with TDLS); 2021 * u8 attribute. 2022 * 2023 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID: The vendor ID, either a 24-bit OUI or, if 2024 * %NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX is set, a special Linux ID (not used yet) 2025 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD: vendor sub-command 2026 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA: data for the vendor command, if any; this 2027 * attribute is also used for vendor command feature advertisement 2028 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_EVENTS: used for event list advertising in the wiphy 2029 * info, containing a nested array of possible events 2030 * 2031 * @NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP: IP DSCP mapping for Interworking QoS mapping. This 2032 * data is in the format defined for the payload of the QoS Map Set element 2033 * in IEEE Std 802.11-2012, 8.4.2.97. 2034 * 2035 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT: MAC address recommendation as initial BSS 2036 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT: frequency of the recommended initial BSS 2037 * 2038 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_AP_ASSOC_STA: Device attribute that indicates how many 2039 * associated stations are supported in AP mode (including P2P GO); u32. 2040 * Since drivers may not have a fixed limit on the maximum number (e.g., 2041 * other concurrent operations may affect this), drivers are allowed to 2042 * advertise values that cannot always be met. In such cases, an attempt 2043 * to add a new station entry with @NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION may fail. 2044 * 2045 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX: An array of csa counter offsets (u16) which 2046 * should be updated when the frame is transmitted. 2047 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS: U8 attribute used to advertise the maximum 2048 * supported number of csa counters. 2049 * 2050 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_PEER_CAPABILITY: flags for TDLS peer capabilities, u32. 2051 * As specified in the &enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability. 2052 * 2053 * @NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER: Flag attribute, if set during interface 2054 * creation then the new interface will be owned by the netlink socket 2055 * that created it and will be destroyed when the socket is closed. 2056 * If set during scheduled scan start then the new scan req will be 2057 * owned by the netlink socket that created it and the scheduled scan will 2058 * be stopped when the socket is closed. 2059 * If set during configuration of regulatory indoor operation then the 2060 * regulatory indoor configuration would be owned by the netlink socket 2061 * that configured the indoor setting, and the indoor operation would be 2062 * cleared when the socket is closed. 2063 * If set during NAN interface creation, the interface will be destroyed 2064 * if the socket is closed just like any other interface. Moreover, NAN 2065 * notifications will be sent in unicast to that socket. Without this 2066 * attribute, the notifications will be sent to the %NL80211_MCGRP_NAN 2067 * multicast group. 2068 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE or %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT the 2069 * station will deauthenticate when the socket is closed. 2070 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS the IBSS will be automatically 2071 * torn down when the socket is closed. 2072 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH the mesh setup will be 2073 * automatically torn down when the socket is closed. 2074 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_START_AP the AP will be automatically 2075 * disabled when the socket is closed. 2076 * 2077 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_INITIATOR: flag attribute indicating the current end is 2078 * the TDLS link initiator. 2079 * 2080 * @NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM: flag for indicating whether the current connection 2081 * shall support Radio Resource Measurements (11k). This attribute can be 2082 * used with %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests. 2083 * User space applications are expected to use this flag only if the 2084 * underlying device supports these minimal RRM features: 2085 * %NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES, 2086 * %NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET, 2087 * Or, if global RRM is supported, see: 2088 * %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM 2089 * If this flag is used, driver must add the Power Capabilities IE to the 2090 * association request. In addition, it must also set the RRM capability 2091 * flag in the association request's Capability Info field. 2092 * 2093 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK: flag attribute used to enable ACK timeout 2094 * estimation algorithm (dynack). In order to activate dynack 2095 * %NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION feature flag must be set by lower 2096 * drivers to indicate dynack capability. Dynack is automatically disabled 2097 * setting valid value for coverage class. 2098 * 2099 * @NL80211_ATTR_TSID: a TSID value (u8 attribute) 2100 * @NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO: user priority value (u8 attribute) 2101 * @NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME: admitted time in units of 32 microseconds 2102 * (per second) (u16 attribute) 2103 * 2104 * @NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE: SMPS mode to use (ap mode). see 2105 * &enum nl80211_smps_mode. 2106 * 2107 * @NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS: operating class 2108 * 2109 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK: MAC address mask 2110 * 2111 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG: flag attribute indicating this device 2112 * is self-managing its regulatory information and any regulatory domain 2113 * obtained from it is coming from the device's wiphy and not the global 2114 * cfg80211 regdomain. 2115 * 2116 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES: extended feature flags contained in a byte 2117 * array. The feature flags are identified by their bit index (see &enum 2118 * nl80211_ext_feature_index). The bit index is ordered starting at the 2119 * least-significant bit of the first byte in the array, ie. bit index 0 2120 * is located at bit 0 of byte 0. bit index 25 would be located at bit 1 2121 * of byte 3 (u8 array). 2122 * 2123 * @NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_RADIO_STATS: Request overall radio statistics to be 2124 * returned along with other survey data. If set, @NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY 2125 * may return a survey entry without a channel indicating global radio 2126 * statistics (only some values are valid and make sense.) 2127 * For devices that don't return such an entry even then, the information 2128 * should be contained in the result as the sum of the respective counters 2129 * over all channels. 2130 * 2131 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY: delay before the first cycle of a 2132 * scheduled scan is started. Or the delay before a WoWLAN 2133 * net-detect scan is started, counting from the moment the 2134 * system is suspended. This value is a u32, in seconds. 2135 2136 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_INDOOR: flag attribute, if set indicates that the device 2137 * is operating in an indoor environment. 2138 * 2139 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS: maximum number of scan plans for 2140 * scheduled scan supported by the device (u32), a wiphy attribute. 2141 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL: maximum interval (in seconds) for 2142 * a scan plan (u32), a wiphy attribute. 2143 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS: maximum number of iterations in 2144 * a scan plan (u32), a wiphy attribute. 2145 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS: a list of scan plans for scheduled scan. 2146 * Each scan plan defines the number of scan iterations and the interval 2147 * between scans. The last scan plan will always run infinitely, 2148 * thus it must not specify the number of iterations, only the interval 2149 * between scans. The scan plans are executed sequentially. 2150 * Each scan plan is a nested attribute of &enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan. 2151 * @NL80211_ATTR_PBSS: flag attribute. If set it means operate 2152 * in a PBSS. Specified in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to request 2153 * connecting to a PCP, and in %NL80211_CMD_START_AP to start 2154 * a PCP instead of AP. Relevant for DMG networks only. 2155 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT: nested attribute for driver supporting the 2156 * BSS selection feature. When used with %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY it contains 2157 * attributes according &enum nl80211_bss_select_attr to indicate what 2158 * BSS selection behaviours are supported. When used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT 2159 * it contains the behaviour-specific attribute containing the parameters for 2160 * BSS selection to be done by driver and/or firmware. 2161 * 2162 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORT_P2P_PS: whether P2P PS mechanism supported 2163 * or not. u8, one of the values of &enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status 2164 * 2165 * @NL80211_ATTR_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment 2166 * 2167 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_EXT_CAPA: Nested attribute of the following attributes: 2168 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA, 2169 * %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK, to specify the extended capabilities per 2170 * interface type. 2171 * 2172 * @NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA: array of 24 bytes that defines a MU-MIMO 2173 * groupID for monitor mode. 2174 * The first 8 bytes are a mask that defines the membership in each 2175 * group (there are 64 groups, group 0 and 63 are reserved), 2176 * each bit represents a group and set to 1 for being a member in 2177 * that group and 0 for not being a member. 2178 * The remaining 16 bytes define the position in each group: 2 bits for 2179 * each group. 2180 * (smaller group numbers represented on most significant bits and bigger 2181 * group numbers on least significant bits.) 2182 * This attribute is used only if all interfaces are in monitor mode. 2183 * Set this attribute in order to monitor packets using the given MU-MIMO 2184 * groupID data. 2185 * to turn off that feature set all the bits of the groupID to zero. 2186 * @NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR: mac address for the sniffer to follow 2187 * when using MU-MIMO air sniffer. 2188 * to turn that feature off set an invalid mac address 2189 * (e.g. FF:FF:FF:FF:FF:FF) 2190 * 2191 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF: The time at which the scan was actually 2192 * started (u64). The time is the TSF of the BSS the interface that 2193 * requested the scan is connected to (if available, otherwise this 2194 * attribute must not be included). 2195 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF_BSSID: The BSS according to which 2196 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF is set. 2197 * @NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION: measurement duration in TUs (u16). If 2198 * %NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY is not set, this is the 2199 * maximum measurement duration allowed. This attribute is used with 2200 * measurement requests. It can also be used with %NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN 2201 * if the scan is used for beacon report radio measurement. 2202 * @NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY: flag attribute that indicates 2203 * that the duration specified with %NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION is 2204 * mandatory. If this flag is not set, the duration is the maximum duration 2205 * and the actual measurement duration may be shorter. 2206 * 2207 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PEER_AID: Association ID for the mesh peer (u16). This is 2208 * used to pull the stored data for mesh peer in power save state. 2209 * 2210 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF: the master preference to be used by 2211 * %NL80211_CMD_START_NAN and optionally with 2212 * %NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG. Its type is u8 and it can't be 0. 2213 * Also, values 1 and 255 are reserved for certification purposes and 2214 * should not be used during a normal device operation. 2215 * @NL80211_ATTR_BANDS: operating bands configuration. This is a u32 2216 * bitmask of BIT(NL80211_BAND_*) as described in %enum 2217 * nl80211_band. For instance, for NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0 2218 * would be set. This attribute is used with 2219 * %NL80211_CMD_START_NAN and %NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG, and 2220 * it is optional. If no bands are set, it means don't-care and 2221 * the device will decide what to use. 2222 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC: a function that can be added to NAN. See 2223 * &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes for description of this nested 2224 * attribute. 2225 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH: used to report a match. This is a nested attribute. 2226 * See &enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes. 2227 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK: KEK for FILS (Re)Association Request/Response frame 2228 * protection. 2229 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES: Nonces (part of AAD) for FILS (Re)Association 2230 * Request/Response frame protection. This attribute contains the 16 octet 2231 * STA Nonce followed by 16 octets of AP Nonce. 2232 * 2233 * @NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED: Indicates whether or not multicast 2234 * packets should be send out as unicast to all stations (flag attribute). 2235 * 2236 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSSID: The BSSID of the AP. Note that %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is also 2237 * used in various commands/events for specifying the BSSID. 2238 * 2239 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI: Relative RSSI threshold by which 2240 * other BSSs has to be better or slightly worse than the current 2241 * connected BSS so that they get reported to user space. 2242 * This will give an opportunity to userspace to consider connecting to 2243 * other matching BSSs which have better or slightly worse RSSI than 2244 * the current connected BSS by using an offloaded operation to avoid 2245 * unnecessary wakeups. 2246 * 2247 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for BSSs in 2248 * the specified band is to be adjusted before doing 2249 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI based comparison to figure out 2250 * better BSSs. The attribute value is a packed structure 2251 * value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust. 2252 * 2253 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT_REASON: The reason for which an operation timed out. 2254 * u32 attribute with an &enum nl80211_timeout_reason value. This is used, 2255 * e.g., with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT event. 2256 * 2257 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME: EAP Re-authentication Protocol (ERP) 2258 * username part of NAI used to refer keys rRK and rIK. This is used with 2259 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. 2260 * 2261 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM: EAP Re-authentication Protocol (ERP) realm part 2262 * of NAI specifying the domain name of the ER server. This is used with 2263 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. 2264 * 2265 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM: Unsigned 16-bit ERP next sequence number 2266 * to use in ERP messages. This is used in generating the FILS wrapped data 2267 * for FILS authentication and is used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. 2268 * 2269 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK: ERP re-authentication Root Key (rRK) for the 2270 * NAI specified by %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME and 2271 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM. This is used for generating rIK and rMSK 2272 * from successful FILS authentication and is used with 2273 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. 2274 * 2275 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID: A 2-octet identifier advertized by a FILS AP 2276 * identifying the scope of PMKSAs. This is used with 2277 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA and @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA. 2278 * 2279 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMK: attribute for passing PMK key material. Used with 2280 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA for the PMKSA identified by %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID. 2281 * For %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT it is used to provide PSK for offloading 4-way 2282 * handshake for WPA/WPA2-PSK networks. For 802.1X authentication it is 2283 * used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK. For offloaded FT support this attribute 2284 * specifies the PMK-R0 if NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME is included as well. 2285 * 2286 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI: flag attribute which user-space shall use to 2287 * indicate that it supports multiple active scheduled scan requests. 2288 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MAX_REQS: indicates maximum number of scheduled 2289 * scan request that may be active for the device (u32). 2290 * 2291 * @NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS: flag attribute which user-space can include 2292 * in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to indicate that for 802.1X authentication it 2293 * wants to use the supported offload of the 4-way handshake. 2294 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME: PMK-R0 Name for offloaded FT. 2295 * @NL80211_ATTR_PORT_AUTHORIZED: (reserved) 2296 * 2297 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION: Identify the requested external 2298 * authentication operation (u32 attribute with an 2299 * &enum nl80211_external_auth_action value). This is used with the 2300 * %NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH request event. 2301 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: Flag attribute indicating that the user 2302 * space supports external authentication. This attribute shall be used 2303 * with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and %NL80211_CMD_START_AP request. The driver 2304 * may offload authentication processing to user space if this capability 2305 * is indicated in the respective requests from the user space. 2306 * 2307 * @NL80211_ATTR_NSS: Station's New/updated RX_NSS value notified using this 2308 * u8 attribute. This is used with %NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED. 2309 * 2310 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_STATS: TXQ statistics (nested attribute, see &enum 2311 * nl80211_txq_stats) 2312 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_LIMIT: Total packet limit for the TXQ queues for this phy. 2313 * The smaller of this and the memory limit is enforced. 2314 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT: Total memory memory limit (in bytes) for the 2315 * TXQ queues for this phy. The smaller of this and the packet limit is 2316 * enforced. 2317 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_QUANTUM: TXQ scheduler quantum (bytes). Number of bytes 2318 * a flow is assigned on each round of the DRR scheduler. 2319 * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_CAPABILITY: HE Capability information element (from 2320 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). Can be set 2321 * only if %NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME is set. 2322 * 2323 * @NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER: nested attribute which user-space can include 2324 * in %NL80211_CMD_START_AP or %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON for fine timing 2325 * measurement (FTM) responder functionality and containing parameters as 2326 * possible, see &enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attr 2327 * 2328 * @NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS: Nested attribute with FTM responder 2329 * statistics, see &enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats. 2330 * 2331 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT: Timeout for the given operation in milliseconds (u32), 2332 * if the attribute is not given no timeout is requested. Note that 0 is an 2333 * invalid value. 2334 * 2335 * @NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS: peer measurements request (and result) 2336 * data, uses nested attributes specified in 2337 * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs. 2338 * This is also used for capability advertisement in the wiphy information, 2339 * with the appropriate sub-attributes. 2340 * 2341 * @NL80211_ATTR_AIRTIME_WEIGHT: Station's weight when scheduled by the airtime 2342 * scheduler. 2343 * 2344 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER_SETTING: Transmit power setting type (u8) for 2345 * station associated with the AP. See &enum nl80211_tx_power_setting for 2346 * possible values. 2347 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER: Transmit power level (s16) in dBm units. This 2348 * allows to set Tx power for a station. If this attribute is not included, 2349 * the default per-interface tx power setting will be overriding. Driver 2350 * should be picking up the lowest tx power, either tx power per-interface 2351 * or per-station. 2352 * 2353 * @NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PASSWORD: attribute for passing SAE password material. It 2354 * is used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to provide password for offloading 2355 * SAE authentication for WPA3-Personal networks. 2356 * 2357 * @NL80211_ATTR_TWT_RESPONDER: Enable target wait time responder support. 2358 * 2359 * @NUM_NL80211_ATTR: total number of nl80211_attrs available 2360 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number currently defined 2361 * @__NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 2362 */ 2363 enum nl80211_attrs { 2364 /* don't change the order or add anything between, this is ABI! */ 2365 NL80211_ATTR_UNSPEC, 2366 2367 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, 2368 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME, 2369 2370 NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX, 2371 NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME, 2372 NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE, 2373 2374 NL80211_ATTR_MAC, 2375 2376 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA, 2377 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX, 2378 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER, 2379 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ, 2380 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT, 2381 2382 NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL, 2383 NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD, 2384 NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD, 2385 NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL, 2386 2387 NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID, 2388 NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS, 2389 NL80211_ATTR_STA_LISTEN_INTERVAL, 2390 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_RATES, 2391 NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN, 2392 NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO, 2393 2394 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_BANDS, 2395 2396 NL80211_ATTR_MNTR_FLAGS, 2397 2398 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_ID, 2399 NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_ACTION, 2400 NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP, 2401 NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO, 2402 2403 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_CTS_PROT, 2404 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_PREAMBLE, 2405 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME, 2406 2407 NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY, 2408 2409 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES, 2410 2411 NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2, 2412 NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULES, 2413 2414 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG, 2415 2416 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES, 2417 2418 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS, 2419 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ, 2420 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE, 2421 2422 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT, 2423 2424 NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE, 2425 NL80211_ATTR_IE, 2426 2427 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCAN_SSIDS, 2428 2429 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES, 2430 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS, 2431 NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION, /* replaces old SCAN_GENERATION */ 2432 NL80211_ATTR_BSS, 2433 2434 NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR, 2435 NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE, 2436 2437 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_COMMANDS, 2438 2439 NL80211_ATTR_FRAME, 2440 NL80211_ATTR_SSID, 2441 NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE, 2442 NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE, 2443 2444 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE, 2445 2446 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_IE_LEN, 2447 NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES, 2448 2449 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE, 2450 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER, 2451 2452 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_FIXED, 2453 2454 2455 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT, 2456 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG, 2457 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD, 2458 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD, 2459 2460 NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT, 2461 2462 NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP, 2463 2464 NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2, 2465 2466 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT, 2467 2468 NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA, 2469 2470 NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY, 2471 2472 NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP, 2473 NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE, 2474 2475 NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE, 2476 NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP, 2477 NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS, 2478 NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES, 2479 2480 NL80211_ATTR_REQ_IE, 2481 NL80211_ATTR_RESP_IE, 2482 2483 NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID, 2484 2485 NL80211_ATTR_KEY, 2486 NL80211_ATTR_KEYS, 2487 2488 NL80211_ATTR_PID, 2489 2490 NL80211_ATTR_4ADDR, 2491 2492 NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO, 2493 2494 NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, 2495 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_PMKIDS, 2496 2497 NL80211_ATTR_DURATION, 2498 2499 NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE, 2500 2501 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_COVERAGE_CLASS, 2502 2503 NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES, 2504 2505 NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_MATCH, 2506 2507 NL80211_ATTR_ACK, 2508 2509 NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE, 2510 2511 NL80211_ATTR_CQM, 2512 2513 NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_STATE_CHANGE, 2514 2515 NL80211_ATTR_AP_ISOLATE, 2516 2517 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING, 2518 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_LEVEL, 2519 2520 NL80211_ATTR_TX_FRAME_TYPES, 2521 NL80211_ATTR_RX_FRAME_TYPES, 2522 NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE, 2523 2524 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE, 2525 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT, 2526 2527 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_IBSS_RSN, 2528 2529 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX, 2530 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_RX, 2531 2532 NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE, 2533 2534 NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK, 2535 2536 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HT_OPMODE, 2537 2538 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES, 2539 2540 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_DURATION, 2541 2542 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_SETUP, 2543 2544 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_TX, 2545 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_RX, 2546 2547 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_MESH_AUTH, 2548 NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_STATE, 2549 2550 NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS, 2551 NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED, 2552 2553 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL, 2554 2555 NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS, 2556 NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES, 2557 2558 NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA, 2559 2560 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_SSIDS, 2561 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCHED_SCAN_IE_LEN, 2562 2563 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SUPP_RATES, 2564 2565 NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID, 2566 2567 NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP, 2568 NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP, 2569 2570 NL80211_ATTR_STA_WME, 2571 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_AP_UAPSD, 2572 2573 NL80211_ATTR_ROAM_SUPPORT, 2574 2575 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH, 2576 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_MATCH_SETS, 2577 2578 NL80211_ATTR_PMKSA_CANDIDATE, 2579 2580 NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE, 2581 2582 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION, 2583 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_DIALOG_TOKEN, 2584 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION, 2585 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_SUPPORT, 2586 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP, 2587 2588 NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME, 2589 2590 NL80211_ATTR_DONT_WAIT_FOR_ACK, 2591 2592 NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS, 2593 2594 NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD, 2595 2596 NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP, 2597 2598 NL80211_ATTR_DFS_REGION, 2599 2600 NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HT, 2601 NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY_MASK, 2602 2603 NL80211_ATTR_NOACK_MAP, 2604 2605 NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT, 2606 2607 NL80211_ATTR_RX_SIGNAL_DBM, 2608 2609 NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD, 2610 2611 NL80211_ATTR_WDEV, 2612 2613 NL80211_ATTR_USER_REG_HINT_TYPE, 2614 2615 NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON, 2616 2617 NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA, 2618 2619 NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY, 2620 2621 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FLAGS, 2622 2623 NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH, 2624 NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1, 2625 NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2, 2626 2627 NL80211_ATTR_P2P_CTWINDOW, 2628 NL80211_ATTR_P2P_OPPPS, 2629 2630 NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_MESH_POWER_MODE, 2631 2632 NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY, 2633 2634 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS, 2635 2636 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ACL_MAX, 2637 2638 NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT, 2639 2640 NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA, 2641 NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK, 2642 2643 NL80211_ATTR_STA_CAPABILITY, 2644 NL80211_ATTR_STA_EXT_CAPABILITY, 2645 2646 NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES, 2647 NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP, 2648 2649 NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_VHT, 2650 NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY_MASK, 2651 2652 NL80211_ATTR_MDID, 2653 NL80211_ATTR_IE_RIC, 2654 2655 NL80211_ATTR_CRIT_PROT_ID, 2656 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CRIT_PROT_DURATION, 2657 2658 NL80211_ATTR_PEER_AID, 2659 2660 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE, 2661 2662 NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT, 2663 NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX, 2664 NL80211_ATTR_CSA_IES, 2665 NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_BEACON, 2666 NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_PRESP, 2667 2668 NL80211_ATTR_RXMGMT_FLAGS, 2669 2670 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_CHANNELS, 2671 2672 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_OPER_CLASSES, 2673 2674 NL80211_ATTR_HANDLE_DFS, 2675 2676 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_5_MHZ, 2677 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_10_MHZ, 2678 2679 NL80211_ATTR_OPMODE_NOTIF, 2680 2681 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID, 2682 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD, 2683 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA, 2684 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_EVENTS, 2685 2686 NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP, 2687 2688 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT, 2689 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT, 2690 2691 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_AP_ASSOC_STA, 2692 2693 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_PEER_CAPABILITY, 2694 2695 NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER, 2696 2697 NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX, 2698 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS, 2699 2700 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_INITIATOR, 2701 2702 NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM, 2703 2704 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK, 2705 2706 NL80211_ATTR_TSID, 2707 NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO, 2708 NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME, 2709 2710 NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE, 2711 2712 NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS, 2713 2714 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK, 2715 2716 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG, 2717 2718 NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES, 2719 2720 NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_RADIO_STATS, 2721 2722 NL80211_ATTR_NETNS_FD, 2723 2724 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY, 2725 2726 NL80211_ATTR_REG_INDOOR, 2727 2728 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS, 2729 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL, 2730 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS, 2731 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS, 2732 2733 NL80211_ATTR_PBSS, 2734 2735 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT, 2736 2737 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORT_P2P_PS, 2738 2739 NL80211_ATTR_PAD, 2740 2741 NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_EXT_CAPA, 2742 2743 NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA, 2744 NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR, 2745 2746 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF, 2747 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF_BSSID, 2748 NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION, 2749 NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY, 2750 2751 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PEER_AID, 2752 2753 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF, 2754 NL80211_ATTR_BANDS, 2755 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC, 2756 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH, 2757 2758 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK, 2759 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES, 2760 2761 NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED, 2762 2763 NL80211_ATTR_BSSID, 2764 2765 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI, 2766 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RSSI_ADJUST, 2767 2768 NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT_REASON, 2769 2770 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME, 2771 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM, 2772 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM, 2773 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK, 2774 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID, 2775 2776 NL80211_ATTR_PMK, 2777 2778 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI, 2779 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MAX_REQS, 2780 2781 NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS, 2782 NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME, 2783 NL80211_ATTR_PORT_AUTHORIZED, 2784 2785 NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION, 2786 NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT, 2787 2788 NL80211_ATTR_NSS, 2789 NL80211_ATTR_ACK_SIGNAL, 2790 2791 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211, 2792 2793 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_STATS, 2794 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_LIMIT, 2795 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT, 2796 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_QUANTUM, 2797 2798 NL80211_ATTR_HE_CAPABILITY, 2799 2800 NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER, 2801 2802 NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS, 2803 2804 NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT, 2805 2806 NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS, 2807 2808 NL80211_ATTR_AIRTIME_WEIGHT, 2809 NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER_SETTING, 2810 NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER, 2811 2812 NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PASSWORD, 2813 2814 NL80211_ATTR_TWT_RESPONDER, 2815 2816 /* add attributes here, update the policy in nl80211.c */ 2817 2818 __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 2819 NUM_NL80211_ATTR = __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 2820 NL80211_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 2821 }; 2822 2823 /* source-level API compatibility */ 2824 #define NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_GENERATION NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION 2825 #define NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG 2826 #define NL80211_ATTR_IFACE_SOCKET_OWNER NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER 2827 #define NL80211_ATTR_SAE_DATA NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA 2828 2829 /* 2830 * Allow user space programs to use #ifdef on new attributes by defining them 2831 * here 2832 */ 2833 #define NL80211_CMD_CONNECT NL80211_CMD_CONNECT 2834 #define NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY 2835 #define NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES 2836 #define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS 2837 #define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ 2838 #define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE 2839 #define NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE 2840 #define NL80211_ATTR_IE NL80211_ATTR_IE 2841 #define NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR 2842 #define NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE 2843 #define NL80211_ATTR_FRAME NL80211_ATTR_FRAME 2844 #define NL80211_ATTR_SSID NL80211_ATTR_SSID 2845 #define NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE 2846 #define NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE 2847 #define NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE 2848 #define NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP 2849 #define NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS 2850 #define NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES 2851 #define NL80211_ATTR_KEY NL80211_ATTR_KEY 2852 #define NL80211_ATTR_KEYS NL80211_ATTR_KEYS 2853 #define NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS 2854 2855 #define NL80211_WIPHY_NAME_MAXLEN 64 2856 2857 #define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES 32 2858 #define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_HT_RATES 77 2859 #define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_REG_RULES 128 2860 #define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_ENCR_KEY 0 2861 #define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_TX_MIC_KEY 16 2862 #define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_RX_MIC_KEY 24 2863 #define NL80211_HT_CAPABILITY_LEN 26 2864 #define NL80211_VHT_CAPABILITY_LEN 12 2865 #define NL80211_HE_MIN_CAPABILITY_LEN 16 2866 #define NL80211_HE_MAX_CAPABILITY_LEN 54 2867 #define NL80211_MAX_NR_CIPHER_SUITES 5 2868 #define NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES 2 2869 2870 #define NL80211_MIN_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_TIME 10 2871 2872 /* default RSSI threshold for scan results if none specified. */ 2873 #define NL80211_SCAN_RSSI_THOLD_OFF -300 2874 2875 #define NL80211_CQM_TXE_MAX_INTVL 1800 2876 2877 /** 2878 * enum nl80211_iftype - (virtual) interface types 2879 * 2880 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_UNSPECIFIED: unspecified type, driver decides 2881 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_ADHOC: independent BSS member 2882 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION: managed BSS member 2883 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AP: access point 2884 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN: VLAN interface for access points; VLAN interfaces 2885 * are a bit special in that they must always be tied to a pre-existing 2886 * AP type interface. 2887 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_WDS: wireless distribution interface 2888 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MONITOR: monitor interface receiving all frames 2889 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT: mesh point 2890 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT: P2P client 2891 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO: P2P group owner 2892 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_DEVICE: P2P device interface type, this is not a netdev 2893 * and therefore can't be created in the normal ways, use the 2894 * %NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE and %NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE 2895 * commands to create and destroy one 2896 * @NL80211_IF_TYPE_OCB: Outside Context of a BSS 2897 * This mode corresponds to the MIB variable dot11OCBActivated=true 2898 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_NAN: NAN device interface type (not a netdev) 2899 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX: highest interface type number currently defined 2900 * @NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES: number of defined interface types 2901 * 2902 * These values are used with the %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE 2903 * to set the type of an interface. 2904 * 2905 */ 2906 enum nl80211_iftype { 2907 NL80211_IFTYPE_UNSPECIFIED, 2908 NL80211_IFTYPE_ADHOC, 2909 NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION, 2910 NL80211_IFTYPE_AP, 2911 NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN, 2912 NL80211_IFTYPE_WDS, 2913 NL80211_IFTYPE_MONITOR, 2914 NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT, 2915 NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT, 2916 NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO, 2917 NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_DEVICE, 2918 NL80211_IFTYPE_OCB, 2919 NL80211_IFTYPE_NAN, 2920 2921 /* keep last */ 2922 NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES, 2923 NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES - 1 2924 }; 2925 2926 /** 2927 * enum nl80211_sta_flags - station flags 2928 * 2929 * Station flags. When a station is added to an AP interface, it is 2930 * assumed to be already associated (and hence authenticated.) 2931 * 2932 * @__NL80211_STA_FLAG_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 2933 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED: station is authorized (802.1X) 2934 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_SHORT_PREAMBLE: station is capable of receiving frames 2935 * with short barker preamble 2936 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME: station is WME/QoS capable 2937 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_MFP: station uses management frame protection 2938 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHENTICATED: station is authenticated 2939 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER: station is a TDLS peer -- this flag should 2940 * only be used in managed mode (even in the flags mask). Note that the 2941 * flag can't be changed, it is only valid while adding a station, and 2942 * attempts to change it will silently be ignored (rather than rejected 2943 * as errors.) 2944 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_ASSOCIATED: station is associated; used with drivers 2945 * that support %NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE to transition a 2946 * previously added station into associated state 2947 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX: highest station flag number currently defined 2948 * @__NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST: internal use 2949 */ 2950 enum nl80211_sta_flags { 2951 __NL80211_STA_FLAG_INVALID, 2952 NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED, 2953 NL80211_STA_FLAG_SHORT_PREAMBLE, 2954 NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME, 2955 NL80211_STA_FLAG_MFP, 2956 NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHENTICATED, 2957 NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER, 2958 NL80211_STA_FLAG_ASSOCIATED, 2959 2960 /* keep last */ 2961 __NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST, 2962 NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX = __NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST - 1 2963 }; 2964 2965 /** 2966 * enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status - station support of P2P PS 2967 * 2968 * @NL80211_P2P_PS_UNSUPPORTED: station doesn't support P2P PS mechanism 2969 * @@NL80211_P2P_PS_SUPPORTED: station supports P2P PS mechanism 2970 * @NUM_NL80211_P2P_PS_STATUS: number of values 2971 */ 2972 enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status { 2973 NL80211_P2P_PS_UNSUPPORTED = 0, 2974 NL80211_P2P_PS_SUPPORTED, 2975 2976 NUM_NL80211_P2P_PS_STATUS, 2977 }; 2978 2979 #define NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX_OLD_API NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER 2980 2981 /** 2982 * struct nl80211_sta_flag_update - station flags mask/set 2983 * @mask: mask of station flags to set 2984 * @set: which values to set them to 2985 * 2986 * Both mask and set contain bits as per &enum nl80211_sta_flags. 2987 */ 2988 struct nl80211_sta_flag_update { 2989 __u32 mask; 2990 __u32 set; 2991 } __attribute__((packed)); 2992 2993 /** 2994 * enum nl80211_he_gi - HE guard interval 2995 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_0_8: 0.8 usec 2996 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_1_6: 1.6 usec 2997 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_3_2: 3.2 usec 2998 */ 2999 enum nl80211_he_gi { 3000 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_0_8, 3001 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_1_6, 3002 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_3_2, 3003 }; 3004 3005 /** 3006 * enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc - HE RU allocation values 3007 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_26: 26-tone RU allocation 3008 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_52: 52-tone RU allocation 3009 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_106: 106-tone RU allocation 3010 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_242: 242-tone RU allocation 3011 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_484: 484-tone RU allocation 3012 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_996: 996-tone RU allocation 3013 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_2x996: 2x996-tone RU allocation 3014 */ 3015 enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc { 3016 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_26, 3017 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_52, 3018 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_106, 3019 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_242, 3020 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_484, 3021 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_996, 3022 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_2x996, 3023 }; 3024 3025 /** 3026 * enum nl80211_rate_info - bitrate information 3027 * 3028 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_STA_INFO_TXRATE 3029 * when getting information about the bitrate of a station. 3030 * There are 2 attributes for bitrate, a legacy one that represents 3031 * a 16-bit value, and new one that represents a 32-bit value. 3032 * If the rate value fits into 16 bit, both attributes are reported 3033 * with the same value. If the rate is too high to fit into 16 bits 3034 * (>6.5535Gbps) only 32-bit attribute is included. 3035 * User space tools encouraged to use the 32-bit attribute and fall 3036 * back to the 16-bit one for compatibility with older kernels. 3037 * 3038 * @__NL80211_RATE_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3039 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE: total bitrate (u16, 100kbit/s) 3040 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_MCS: mcs index for 802.11n (u8) 3041 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_40_MHZ_WIDTH: 40 MHz dualchannel bitrate 3042 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_SHORT_GI: 400ns guard interval 3043 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE32: total bitrate (u32, 100kbit/s) 3044 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_MAX: highest rate_info number currently defined 3045 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_MCS: MCS index for VHT (u8) 3046 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_NSS: number of streams in VHT (u8) 3047 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_80_MHZ_WIDTH: 80 MHz VHT rate 3048 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_80P80_MHZ_WIDTH: unused - 80+80 is treated the 3049 * same as 160 for purposes of the bitrates 3050 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_160_MHZ_WIDTH: 160 MHz VHT rate 3051 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_10_MHZ_WIDTH: 10 MHz width - note that this is 3052 * a legacy rate and will be reported as the actual bitrate, i.e. 3053 * half the base (20 MHz) rate 3054 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_5_MHZ_WIDTH: 5 MHz width - note that this is 3055 * a legacy rate and will be reported as the actual bitrate, i.e. 3056 * a quarter of the base (20 MHz) rate 3057 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_MCS: HE MCS index (u8, 0-11) 3058 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_NSS: HE NSS value (u8, 1-8) 3059 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI: HE guard interval identifier 3060 * (u8, see &enum nl80211_he_gi) 3061 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_DCM: HE DCM value (u8, 0/1) 3062 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_RU_ALLOC: HE RU allocation, if not present then 3063 * non-OFDMA was used (u8, see &enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc) 3064 * @__NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3065 */ 3066 enum nl80211_rate_info { 3067 __NL80211_RATE_INFO_INVALID, 3068 NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE, 3069 NL80211_RATE_INFO_MCS, 3070 NL80211_RATE_INFO_40_MHZ_WIDTH, 3071 NL80211_RATE_INFO_SHORT_GI, 3072 NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE32, 3073 NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_MCS, 3074 NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_NSS, 3075 NL80211_RATE_INFO_80_MHZ_WIDTH, 3076 NL80211_RATE_INFO_80P80_MHZ_WIDTH, 3077 NL80211_RATE_INFO_160_MHZ_WIDTH, 3078 NL80211_RATE_INFO_10_MHZ_WIDTH, 3079 NL80211_RATE_INFO_5_MHZ_WIDTH, 3080 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_MCS, 3081 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_NSS, 3082 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI, 3083 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_DCM, 3084 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC, 3085 3086 /* keep last */ 3087 __NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST, 3088 NL80211_RATE_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1 3089 }; 3090 3091 /** 3092 * enum nl80211_sta_bss_param - BSS information collected by STA 3093 * 3094 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM 3095 * when getting information about the bitrate of a station. 3096 * 3097 * @__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3098 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled (flag) 3099 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled 3100 * (flag) 3101 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time is enabled 3102 * (flag) 3103 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_DTIM_PERIOD: DTIM period for beaconing (u8) 3104 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_BEACON_INTERVAL: Beacon interval (u16) 3105 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_MAX: highest sta_bss_param number currently defined 3106 * @__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3107 */ 3108 enum nl80211_sta_bss_param { 3109 __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_INVALID, 3110 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_CTS_PROT, 3111 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_PREAMBLE, 3112 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_SLOT_TIME, 3113 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_DTIM_PERIOD, 3114 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_BEACON_INTERVAL, 3115 3116 /* keep last */ 3117 __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST, 3118 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_MAX = __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST - 1 3119 }; 3120 3121 /** 3122 * enum nl80211_sta_info - station information 3123 * 3124 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO 3125 * when getting information about a station. 3126 * 3127 * @__NL80211_STA_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3128 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_INACTIVE_TIME: time since last activity (u32, msecs) 3129 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES: total received bytes (MPDU length) 3130 * (u32, from this station) 3131 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES: total transmitted bytes (MPDU length) 3132 * (u32, to this station) 3133 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES64: total received bytes (MPDU length) 3134 * (u64, from this station) 3135 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES64: total transmitted bytes (MPDU length) 3136 * (u64, to this station) 3137 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL: signal strength of last received PPDU (u8, dBm) 3138 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE: current unicast tx rate, nested attribute 3139 * containing info as possible, see &enum nl80211_rate_info 3140 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS: total received packet (MSDUs and MMPDUs) 3141 * (u32, from this station) 3142 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_PACKETS: total transmitted packets (MSDUs and MMPDUs) 3143 * (u32, to this station) 3144 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_RETRIES: total retries (MPDUs) (u32, to this station) 3145 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_FAILED: total failed packets (MPDUs) 3146 * (u32, to this station) 3147 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average (u8, dBm) 3148 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_LLID: the station's mesh LLID 3149 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PLID: the station's mesh PLID 3150 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE: peer link state for the station 3151 * (see %enum nl80211_plink_state) 3152 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BITRATE: last unicast data frame rx rate, nested 3153 * attribute, like NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE. 3154 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM: current station's view of BSS, nested attribute 3155 * containing info as possible, see &enum nl80211_sta_bss_param 3156 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TIME: time since the station is last connected 3157 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_STA_FLAGS: Contains a struct nl80211_sta_flag_update. 3158 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_LOSS: count of times beacon loss was detected (u32) 3159 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_T_OFFSET: timing offset with respect to this STA (s64) 3160 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_LOCAL_PM: local mesh STA link-specific power mode 3161 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PEER_PM: peer mesh STA link-specific power mode 3162 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_NONPEER_PM: neighbor mesh STA power save mode towards 3163 * non-peer STA 3164 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL: per-chain signal strength of last PPDU 3165 * Contains a nested array of signal strength attributes (u8, dBm) 3166 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL_AVG: per-chain signal strength average 3167 * Same format as NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL. 3168 * @NL80211_STA_EXPECTED_THROUGHPUT: expected throughput considering also the 3169 * 802.11 header (u32, kbps) 3170 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC: RX packets dropped for unspecified reasons 3171 * (u64) 3172 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_RX: number of beacons received from this peer (u64) 3173 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average 3174 * for beacons only (u8, dBm) 3175 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TID_STATS: per-TID statistics (see &enum nl80211_tid_stats) 3176 * This is a nested attribute where each the inner attribute number is the 3177 * TID+1 and the special TID 16 (i.e. value 17) is used for non-QoS frames; 3178 * each one of those is again nested with &enum nl80211_tid_stats 3179 * attributes carrying the actual values. 3180 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DURATION: aggregate PPDU duration for all frames 3181 * received from the station (u64, usec) 3182 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment 3183 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL: signal strength of the last ACK frame(u8, dBm) 3184 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG: avg signal strength of ACK frames (s8, dBm) 3185 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_MPDUS: total number of received packets (MPDUs) 3186 * (u32, from this station) 3187 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_FCS_ERROR_COUNT: total number of packets (MPDUs) received 3188 * with an FCS error (u32, from this station). This count may not include 3189 * some packets with an FCS error due to TA corruption. Hence this counter 3190 * might not be fully accurate. 3191 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_GATE: set to true if STA has a path to a 3192 * mesh gate (u8, 0 or 1) 3193 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_DURATION: aggregate PPDU duration for all frames 3194 * sent to the station (u64, usec) 3195 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_WEIGHT: current airtime weight for station (u16) 3196 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_LINK_METRIC: airtime link metric for mesh station 3197 * @__NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal 3198 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_MAX: highest possible station info attribute 3199 */ 3200 enum nl80211_sta_info { 3201 __NL80211_STA_INFO_INVALID, 3202 NL80211_STA_INFO_INACTIVE_TIME, 3203 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES, 3204 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES, 3205 NL80211_STA_INFO_LLID, 3206 NL80211_STA_INFO_PLID, 3207 NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE, 3208 NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL, 3209 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE, 3210 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS, 3211 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_PACKETS, 3212 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_RETRIES, 3213 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_FAILED, 3214 NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG, 3215 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BITRATE, 3216 NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM, 3217 NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TIME, 3218 NL80211_STA_INFO_STA_FLAGS, 3219 NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_LOSS, 3220 NL80211_STA_INFO_T_OFFSET, 3221 NL80211_STA_INFO_LOCAL_PM, 3222 NL80211_STA_INFO_PEER_PM, 3223 NL80211_STA_INFO_NONPEER_PM, 3224 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES64, 3225 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES64, 3226 NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL, 3227 NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL_AVG, 3228 NL80211_STA_INFO_EXPECTED_THROUGHPUT, 3229 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC, 3230 NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_RX, 3231 NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_SIGNAL_AVG, 3232 NL80211_STA_INFO_TID_STATS, 3233 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DURATION, 3234 NL80211_STA_INFO_PAD, 3235 NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL, 3236 NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG, 3237 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_MPDUS, 3238 NL80211_STA_INFO_FCS_ERROR_COUNT, 3239 NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_GATE, 3240 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_DURATION, 3241 NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_WEIGHT, 3242 NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_LINK_METRIC, 3243 3244 /* keep last */ 3245 __NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST, 3246 NL80211_STA_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1 3247 }; 3248 3249 /* we renamed this - stay compatible */ 3250 #define NL80211_STA_INFO_DATA_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG 3251 3252 3253 /** 3254 * enum nl80211_tid_stats - per TID statistics attributes 3255 * @__NL80211_TID_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3256 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_RX_MSDU: number of MSDUs received (u64) 3257 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU: number of MSDUs transmitted (or 3258 * attempted to transmit; u64) 3259 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_RETRIES: number of retries for 3260 * transmitted MSDUs (not counting the first attempt; u64) 3261 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_FAILED: number of failed transmitted 3262 * MSDUs (u64) 3263 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment 3264 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TXQ_STATS: TXQ stats (nested attribute) 3265 * @NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS: number of attributes here 3266 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_MAX: highest numbered attribute here 3267 */ 3268 enum nl80211_tid_stats { 3269 __NL80211_TID_STATS_INVALID, 3270 NL80211_TID_STATS_RX_MSDU, 3271 NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU, 3272 NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_RETRIES, 3273 NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_FAILED, 3274 NL80211_TID_STATS_PAD, 3275 NL80211_TID_STATS_TXQ_STATS, 3276 3277 /* keep last */ 3278 NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS, 3279 NL80211_TID_STATS_MAX = NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS - 1 3280 }; 3281 3282 /** 3283 * enum nl80211_txq_stats - per TXQ statistics attributes 3284 * @__NL80211_TXQ_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3285 * @NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS: number of attributes here 3286 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_BYTES: number of bytes currently backlogged 3287 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_PACKETS: number of packets currently 3288 * backlogged 3289 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_FLOWS: total number of new flows seen 3290 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_DROPS: total number of packet drops 3291 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_ECN_MARKS: total number of packet ECN marks 3292 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERLIMIT: number of drops due to queue space overflow 3293 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERMEMORY: number of drops due to memory limit overflow 3294 * (only for per-phy stats) 3295 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_COLLISIONS: number of hash collisions 3296 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_BYTES: total number of bytes dequeued from TXQ 3297 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_PACKETS: total number of packets dequeued from TXQ 3298 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX_FLOWS: number of flow buckets for PHY 3299 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX: highest numbered attribute here 3300 */ 3301 enum nl80211_txq_stats { 3302 __NL80211_TXQ_STATS_INVALID, 3303 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_BYTES, 3304 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_PACKETS, 3305 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_FLOWS, 3306 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_DROPS, 3307 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_ECN_MARKS, 3308 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERLIMIT, 3309 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERMEMORY, 3310 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_COLLISIONS, 3311 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_BYTES, 3312 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_PACKETS, 3313 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX_FLOWS, 3314 3315 /* keep last */ 3316 NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS, 3317 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX = NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS - 1 3318 }; 3319 3320 /** 3321 * enum nl80211_mpath_flags - nl80211 mesh path flags 3322 * 3323 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_ACTIVE: the mesh path is active 3324 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVING: the mesh path discovery process is running 3325 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_SN_VALID: the mesh path contains a valid SN 3326 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_FIXED: the mesh path has been manually set 3327 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVED: the mesh path discovery process succeeded 3328 */ 3329 enum nl80211_mpath_flags { 3330 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_ACTIVE = 1<<0, 3331 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVING = 1<<1, 3332 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_SN_VALID = 1<<2, 3333 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_FIXED = 1<<3, 3334 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVED = 1<<4, 3335 }; 3336 3337 /** 3338 * enum nl80211_mpath_info - mesh path information 3339 * 3340 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO when getting 3341 * information about a mesh path. 3342 * 3343 * @__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3344 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN: number of queued frames for this destination 3345 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_SN: destination sequence number 3346 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_METRIC: metric (cost) of this mesh path 3347 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME: expiration time for the path, in msec from now 3348 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FLAGS: mesh path flags, enumerated in 3349 * &enum nl80211_mpath_flags; 3350 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: total path discovery timeout, in msec 3351 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES: mesh path discovery retries 3352 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT: hop count to destination 3353 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE: total number of path changes to destination 3354 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_MAX: highest mesh path information attribute number 3355 * currently defined 3356 * @__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3357 */ 3358 enum nl80211_mpath_info { 3359 __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_INVALID, 3360 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN, 3361 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_SN, 3362 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_METRIC, 3363 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME, 3364 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FLAGS, 3365 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT, 3366 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES, 3367 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT, 3368 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE, 3369 3370 /* keep last */ 3371 __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST, 3372 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1 3373 }; 3374 3375 /** 3376 * enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr - Interface type data attributes 3377 * 3378 * @__NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3379 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing a flag attribute 3380 * for each interface type that supports the band data 3381 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MAC: HE MAC capabilities as in HE 3382 * capabilities IE 3383 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PHY: HE PHY capabilities as in HE 3384 * capabilities IE 3385 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MCS_SET: HE supported NSS/MCS as in HE 3386 * capabilities IE 3387 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PPE: HE PPE thresholds information as 3388 * defined in HE capabilities IE 3389 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_MAX: highest band HE capability attribute currently 3390 * defined 3391 * @__NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3392 */ 3393 enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr { 3394 __NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_INVALID, 3395 3396 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_IFTYPES, 3397 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MAC, 3398 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PHY, 3399 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MCS_SET, 3400 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PPE, 3401 3402 /* keep last */ 3403 __NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 3404 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 3405 }; 3406 3407 /** 3408 * enum nl80211_band_attr - band attributes 3409 * @__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3410 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_FREQS: supported frequencies in this band, 3411 * an array of nested frequency attributes 3412 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_RATES: supported bitrates in this band, 3413 * an array of nested bitrate attributes 3414 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_MCS_SET: 16-byte attribute containing the MCS set as 3415 * defined in 802.11n 3416 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA: HT capabilities, as in the HT information IE 3417 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_FACTOR: A-MPDU factor, as in 11n 3418 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_DENSITY: A-MPDU density, as in 11n 3419 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_MCS_SET: 32-byte attribute containing the MCS set as 3420 * defined in 802.11ac 3421 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_CAPA: VHT capabilities, as in the HT information IE 3422 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_IFTYPE_DATA: nested array attribute, with each entry using 3423 * attributes from &enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr 3424 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_MAX: highest band attribute currently defined 3425 * @__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3426 */ 3427 enum nl80211_band_attr { 3428 __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_INVALID, 3429 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_FREQS, 3430 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_RATES, 3431 3432 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_MCS_SET, 3433 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA, 3434 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_FACTOR, 3435 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_DENSITY, 3436 3437 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_MCS_SET, 3438 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_CAPA, 3439 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_IFTYPE_DATA, 3440 3441 /* keep last */ 3442 __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 3443 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 3444 }; 3445 3446 #define NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA 3447 3448 /** 3449 * enum nl80211_wmm_rule - regulatory wmm rule 3450 * 3451 * @__NL80211_WMMR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3452 * @NL80211_WMMR_CW_MIN: Minimum contention window slot. 3453 * @NL80211_WMMR_CW_MAX: Maximum contention window slot. 3454 * @NL80211_WMMR_AIFSN: Arbitration Inter Frame Space. 3455 * @NL80211_WMMR_TXOP: Maximum allowed tx operation time. 3456 * @nl80211_WMMR_MAX: highest possible wmm rule. 3457 * @__NL80211_WMMR_LAST: Internal use. 3458 */ 3459 enum nl80211_wmm_rule { 3460 __NL80211_WMMR_INVALID, 3461 NL80211_WMMR_CW_MIN, 3462 NL80211_WMMR_CW_MAX, 3463 NL80211_WMMR_AIFSN, 3464 NL80211_WMMR_TXOP, 3465 3466 /* keep last */ 3467 __NL80211_WMMR_LAST, 3468 NL80211_WMMR_MAX = __NL80211_WMMR_LAST - 1 3469 }; 3470 3471 /** 3472 * enum nl80211_frequency_attr - frequency attributes 3473 * @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3474 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_FREQ: Frequency in MHz 3475 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DISABLED: Channel is disabled in current 3476 * regulatory domain. 3477 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR: no mechanisms that initiate radiation 3478 * are permitted on this channel, this includes sending probe 3479 * requests, or modes of operation that require beaconing. 3480 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_RADAR: Radar detection is mandatory 3481 * on this channel in current regulatory domain. 3482 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER: Maximum transmission power in mBm 3483 * (100 * dBm). 3484 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_STATE: current state for DFS 3485 * (enum nl80211_dfs_state) 3486 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_TIME: time in miliseconds for how long 3487 * this channel is in this DFS state. 3488 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_MINUS: HT40- isn't possible with this 3489 * channel as the control channel 3490 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_PLUS: HT40+ isn't possible with this 3491 * channel as the control channel 3492 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_80MHZ: any 80 MHz channel using this channel 3493 * as the primary or any of the secondary channels isn't possible, 3494 * this includes 80+80 channels 3495 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_160MHZ: any 160 MHz (but not 80+80) channel 3496 * using this channel as the primary or any of the secondary channels 3497 * isn't possible 3498 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME: DFS CAC time in milliseconds. 3499 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY: Only indoor use is permitted on this 3500 * channel. A channel that has the INDOOR_ONLY attribute can only be 3501 * used when there is a clear assessment that the device is operating in 3502 * an indoor surroundings, i.e., it is connected to AC power (and not 3503 * through portable DC inverters) or is under the control of a master 3504 * that is acting as an AP and is connected to AC power. 3505 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT: IR operation is allowed on this 3506 * channel if it's connected concurrently to a BSS on the same channel on 3507 * the 2 GHz band or to a channel in the same UNII band (on the 5 GHz 3508 * band), and IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR is not set. Instantiating a GO or TDLS 3509 * off-channel on a channel that has the IR_CONCURRENT attribute set can be 3510 * done when there is a clear assessment that the device is operating under 3511 * the guidance of an authorized master, i.e., setting up a GO or TDLS 3512 * off-channel while the device is also connected to an AP with DFS and 3513 * radar detection on the UNII band (it is up to user-space, i.e., 3514 * wpa_supplicant to perform the required verifications). Using this 3515 * attribute for IR is disallowed for master interfaces (IBSS, AP). 3516 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_20MHZ: 20 MHz operation is not allowed 3517 * on this channel in current regulatory domain. 3518 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_10MHZ: 10 MHz operation is not allowed 3519 * on this channel in current regulatory domain. 3520 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_WMM: this channel has wmm limitations. 3521 * This is a nested attribute that contains the wmm limitation per AC. 3522 * (see &enum nl80211_wmm_rule) 3523 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX: highest frequency attribute number 3524 * currently defined 3525 * @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3526 * 3527 * See https://apps.fcc.gov/eas/comments/GetPublishedDocument.html?id=327&tn=528122 3528 * for more information on the FCC description of the relaxations allowed 3529 * by NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY and 3530 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT. 3531 */ 3532 enum nl80211_frequency_attr { 3533 __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INVALID, 3534 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_FREQ, 3535 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DISABLED, 3536 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR, 3537 __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS, 3538 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_RADAR, 3539 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER, 3540 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_STATE, 3541 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_TIME, 3542 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_MINUS, 3543 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_PLUS, 3544 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_80MHZ, 3545 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_160MHZ, 3546 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME, 3547 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY, 3548 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT, 3549 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_20MHZ, 3550 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_10MHZ, 3551 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_WMM, 3552 3553 /* keep last */ 3554 __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 3555 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 3556 }; 3557 3558 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER 3559 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_PASSIVE_SCAN NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR 3560 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR 3561 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR 3562 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_GO_CONCURRENT \ 3563 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT 3564 3565 /** 3566 * enum nl80211_bitrate_attr - bitrate attributes 3567 * @__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3568 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_RATE: Bitrate in units of 100 kbps 3569 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_2GHZ_SHORTPREAMBLE: Short preamble supported 3570 * in 2.4 GHz band. 3571 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_MAX: highest bitrate attribute number 3572 * currently defined 3573 * @__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3574 */ 3575 enum nl80211_bitrate_attr { 3576 __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_INVALID, 3577 NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_RATE, 3578 NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_2GHZ_SHORTPREAMBLE, 3579 3580 /* keep last */ 3581 __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 3582 NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 3583 }; 3584 3585 /** 3586 * enum nl80211_initiator - Indicates the initiator of a reg domain request 3587 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE: Core queried CRDA for a dynamic world 3588 * regulatory domain. 3589 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_USER: User asked the wireless core to set the 3590 * regulatory domain. 3591 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER: a wireless drivers has hinted to the 3592 * wireless core it thinks its knows the regulatory domain we should be in. 3593 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE: the wireless core has received an 3594 * 802.11 country information element with regulatory information it 3595 * thinks we should consider. cfg80211 only processes the country 3596 * code from the IE, and relies on the regulatory domain information 3597 * structure passed by userspace (CRDA) from our wireless-regdb. 3598 * If a channel is enabled but the country code indicates it should 3599 * be disabled we disable the channel and re-enable it upon disassociation. 3600 */ 3601 enum nl80211_reg_initiator { 3602 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE, 3603 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_USER, 3604 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER, 3605 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE, 3606 }; 3607 3608 /** 3609 * enum nl80211_reg_type - specifies the type of regulatory domain 3610 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_COUNTRY: the regulatory domain set is one that pertains 3611 * to a specific country. When this is set you can count on the 3612 * ISO / IEC 3166 alpha2 country code being valid. 3613 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_WORLD: the regulatory set domain is the world regulatory 3614 * domain. 3615 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_CUSTOM_WORLD: the regulatory domain set is a custom 3616 * driver specific world regulatory domain. These do not apply system-wide 3617 * and are only applicable to the individual devices which have requested 3618 * them to be applied. 3619 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_INTERSECTION: the regulatory domain set is the product 3620 * of an intersection between two regulatory domains -- the previously 3621 * set regulatory domain on the system and the last accepted regulatory 3622 * domain request to be processed. 3623 */ 3624 enum nl80211_reg_type { 3625 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_COUNTRY, 3626 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_WORLD, 3627 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_CUSTOM_WORLD, 3628 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_INTERSECTION, 3629 }; 3630 3631 /** 3632 * enum nl80211_reg_rule_attr - regulatory rule attributes 3633 * @__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3634 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS: a set of flags which specify additional 3635 * considerations for a given frequency range. These are the 3636 * &enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags. 3637 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_START: starting frequencry for the regulatory 3638 * rule in KHz. This is not a center of frequency but an actual regulatory 3639 * band edge. 3640 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_END: ending frequency for the regulatory rule 3641 * in KHz. This is not a center a frequency but an actual regulatory 3642 * band edge. 3643 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW: maximum allowed bandwidth for this 3644 * frequency range, in KHz. 3645 * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_ANT_GAIN: the maximum allowed antenna gain 3646 * for a given frequency range. The value is in mBi (100 * dBi). 3647 * If you don't have one then don't send this. 3648 * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_EIRP: the maximum allowed EIRP for 3649 * a given frequency range. The value is in mBm (100 * dBm). 3650 * @NL80211_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME: DFS CAC time in milliseconds. 3651 * If not present or 0 default CAC time will be used. 3652 * @NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_MAX: highest regulatory rule attribute number 3653 * currently defined 3654 * @__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3655 */ 3656 enum nl80211_reg_rule_attr { 3657 __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_INVALID, 3658 NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS, 3659 3660 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_START, 3661 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_END, 3662 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW, 3663 3664 NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_ANT_GAIN, 3665 NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_EIRP, 3666 3667 NL80211_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME, 3668 3669 /* keep last */ 3670 __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 3671 NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 3672 }; 3673 3674 /** 3675 * enum nl80211_sched_scan_match_attr - scheduled scan match attributes 3676 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3677 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID: SSID to be used for matching, 3678 * only report BSS with matching SSID. 3679 * (This cannot be used together with BSSID.) 3680 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI: RSSI threshold (in dBm) for reporting a 3681 * BSS in scan results. Filtering is turned off if not specified. Note that 3682 * if this attribute is in a match set of its own, then it is treated as 3683 * the default value for all matchsets with an SSID, rather than being a 3684 * matchset of its own without an RSSI filter. This is due to problems with 3685 * how this API was implemented in the past. Also, due to the same problem, 3686 * the only way to create a matchset with only an RSSI filter (with this 3687 * attribute) is if there's only a single matchset with the RSSI attribute. 3688 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RELATIVE_RSSI: Flag indicating whether 3689 * %NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI to be used as absolute RSSI or 3690 * relative to current bss's RSSI. 3691 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for 3692 * BSS-es in the specified band is to be adjusted before doing 3693 * RSSI-based BSS selection. The attribute value is a packed structure 3694 * value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust. 3695 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_BSSID: BSSID to be used for matching 3696 * (this cannot be used together with SSID). 3697 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_PER_BAND_RSSI: Nested attribute that carries the 3698 * band specific minimum rssi thresholds for the bands defined in 3699 * enum nl80211_band. The minimum rssi threshold value(s32) specific to a 3700 * band shall be encapsulated in attribute with type value equals to one 3701 * of the NL80211_BAND_* defined in enum nl80211_band. For example, the 3702 * minimum rssi threshold value for 2.4GHZ band shall be encapsulated 3703 * within an attribute of type NL80211_BAND_2GHZ. And one or more of such 3704 * attributes will be nested within this attribute. 3705 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX: highest scheduled scan filter 3706 * attribute number currently defined 3707 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3708 */ 3709 enum nl80211_sched_scan_match_attr { 3710 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_INVALID, 3711 3712 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID, 3713 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI, 3714 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RELATIVE_RSSI, 3715 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST, 3716 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_BSSID, 3717 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_PER_BAND_RSSI, 3718 3719 /* keep last */ 3720 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 3721 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX = 3722 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 3723 }; 3724 3725 /* only for backward compatibility */ 3726 #define NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_SSID NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID 3727 3728 /** 3729 * enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags - regulatory rule flags 3730 * 3731 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_OFDM: OFDM modulation not allowed 3732 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_CCK: CCK modulation not allowed 3733 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_INDOOR: indoor operation not allowed 3734 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_OUTDOOR: outdoor operation not allowed 3735 * @NL80211_RRF_DFS: DFS support is required to be used 3736 * @NL80211_RRF_PTP_ONLY: this is only for Point To Point links 3737 * @NL80211_RRF_PTMP_ONLY: this is only for Point To Multi Point links 3738 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_IR: no mechanisms that initiate radiation are allowed, 3739 * this includes probe requests or modes of operation that require 3740 * beaconing. 3741 * @NL80211_RRF_AUTO_BW: maximum available bandwidth should be calculated 3742 * base on contiguous rules and wider channels will be allowed to cross 3743 * multiple contiguous/overlapping frequency ranges. 3744 * @NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT: See %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT 3745 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS: channels can't be used in HT40- operation 3746 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS: channels can't be used in HT40+ operation 3747 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_80MHZ: 80MHz operation not allowed 3748 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_160MHZ: 160MHz operation not allowed 3749 */ 3750 enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags { 3751 NL80211_RRF_NO_OFDM = 1<<0, 3752 NL80211_RRF_NO_CCK = 1<<1, 3753 NL80211_RRF_NO_INDOOR = 1<<2, 3754 NL80211_RRF_NO_OUTDOOR = 1<<3, 3755 NL80211_RRF_DFS = 1<<4, 3756 NL80211_RRF_PTP_ONLY = 1<<5, 3757 NL80211_RRF_PTMP_ONLY = 1<<6, 3758 NL80211_RRF_NO_IR = 1<<7, 3759 __NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS = 1<<8, 3760 NL80211_RRF_AUTO_BW = 1<<11, 3761 NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT = 1<<12, 3762 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS = 1<<13, 3763 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS = 1<<14, 3764 NL80211_RRF_NO_80MHZ = 1<<15, 3765 NL80211_RRF_NO_160MHZ = 1<<16, 3766 }; 3767 3768 #define NL80211_RRF_PASSIVE_SCAN NL80211_RRF_NO_IR 3769 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS NL80211_RRF_NO_IR 3770 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_IR NL80211_RRF_NO_IR 3771 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40 (NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS |\ 3772 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS) 3773 #define NL80211_RRF_GO_CONCURRENT NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT 3774 3775 /* For backport compatibility with older userspace */ 3776 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_IR_ALL (NL80211_RRF_NO_IR | __NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS) 3777 3778 /** 3779 * enum nl80211_dfs_regions - regulatory DFS regions 3780 * 3781 * @NL80211_DFS_UNSET: Country has no DFS master region specified 3782 * @NL80211_DFS_FCC: Country follows DFS master rules from FCC 3783 * @NL80211_DFS_ETSI: Country follows DFS master rules from ETSI 3784 * @NL80211_DFS_JP: Country follows DFS master rules from JP/MKK/Telec 3785 */ 3786 enum nl80211_dfs_regions { 3787 NL80211_DFS_UNSET = 0, 3788 NL80211_DFS_FCC = 1, 3789 NL80211_DFS_ETSI = 2, 3790 NL80211_DFS_JP = 3, 3791 }; 3792 3793 /** 3794 * enum nl80211_user_reg_hint_type - type of user regulatory hint 3795 * 3796 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_USER: a user sent the hint. This is always 3797 * assumed if the attribute is not set. 3798 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_CELL_BASE: the hint comes from a cellular 3799 * base station. Device drivers that have been tested to work 3800 * properly to support this type of hint can enable these hints 3801 * by setting the NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS feature 3802 * capability on the struct wiphy. The wireless core will 3803 * ignore all cell base station hints until at least one device 3804 * present has been registered with the wireless core that 3805 * has listed NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS as a 3806 * supported feature. 3807 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_INDOOR: a user sent an hint indicating that the 3808 * platform is operating in an indoor environment. 3809 */ 3810 enum nl80211_user_reg_hint_type { 3811 NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_USER = 0, 3812 NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_CELL_BASE = 1, 3813 NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_INDOOR = 2, 3814 }; 3815 3816 /** 3817 * enum nl80211_survey_info - survey information 3818 * 3819 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO 3820 * when getting information about a survey. 3821 * 3822 * @__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3823 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY: center frequency of channel 3824 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_NOISE: noise level of channel (u8, dBm) 3825 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE: channel is currently being used 3826 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME: amount of time (in ms) that the radio 3827 * was turned on (on channel or globally) 3828 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY: amount of the time the primary 3829 * channel was sensed busy (either due to activity or energy detect) 3830 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY: amount of time the extension 3831 * channel was sensed busy 3832 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX: amount of time the radio spent 3833 * receiving data (on channel or globally) 3834 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX: amount of time the radio spent 3835 * transmitting data (on channel or globally) 3836 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN: time the radio spent for scan 3837 * (on this channel or globally) 3838 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment 3839 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_MAX: highest survey info attribute number 3840 * currently defined 3841 * @__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3842 */ 3843 enum nl80211_survey_info { 3844 __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_INVALID, 3845 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY, 3846 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_NOISE, 3847 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE, 3848 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME, 3849 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY, 3850 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY, 3851 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX, 3852 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX, 3853 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN, 3854 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_PAD, 3855 3856 /* keep last */ 3857 __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST, 3858 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1 3859 }; 3860 3861 /* keep old names for compatibility */ 3862 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME 3863 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_BUSY NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY 3864 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_EXT_BUSY NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY 3865 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_RX NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX 3866 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_TX NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX 3867 3868 /** 3869 * enum nl80211_mntr_flags - monitor configuration flags 3870 * 3871 * Monitor configuration flags. 3872 * 3873 * @__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID: reserved 3874 * 3875 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL: pass frames with bad FCS 3876 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL: pass frames with bad PLCP 3877 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL: pass control frames 3878 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS: disable BSSID filtering 3879 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES: report frames after processing. 3880 * overrides all other flags. 3881 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE: use the configured MAC address 3882 * and ACK incoming unicast packets. 3883 * 3884 * @__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3885 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_MAX: highest possible monitor flag 3886 */ 3887 enum nl80211_mntr_flags { 3888 __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID, 3889 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL, 3890 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL, 3891 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL, 3892 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS, 3893 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES, 3894 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE, 3895 3896 /* keep last */ 3897 __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST, 3898 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_MAX = __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST - 1 3899 }; 3900 3901 /** 3902 * enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode - mesh power save modes 3903 * 3904 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_UNKNOWN: The mesh power mode of the mesh STA is 3905 * not known or has not been set yet. 3906 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_ACTIVE: Active mesh power mode. The mesh STA is 3907 * in Awake state all the time. 3908 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_LIGHT_SLEEP: Light sleep mode. The mesh STA will 3909 * alternate between Active and Doze states, but will wake up for 3910 * neighbor's beacons. 3911 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_DEEP_SLEEP: Deep sleep mode. The mesh STA will 3912 * alternate between Active and Doze states, but may not wake up 3913 * for neighbor's beacons. 3914 * 3915 * @__NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST - internal use 3916 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_MAX - highest possible power save level 3917 */ 3918 3919 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode { 3920 NL80211_MESH_POWER_UNKNOWN, 3921 NL80211_MESH_POWER_ACTIVE, 3922 NL80211_MESH_POWER_LIGHT_SLEEP, 3923 NL80211_MESH_POWER_DEEP_SLEEP, 3924 3925 __NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST, 3926 NL80211_MESH_POWER_MAX = __NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST - 1 3927 }; 3928 3929 /** 3930 * enum nl80211_meshconf_params - mesh configuration parameters 3931 * 3932 * Mesh configuration parameters. These can be changed while the mesh is 3933 * active. 3934 * 3935 * @__NL80211_MESHCONF_INVALID: internal use 3936 * 3937 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_RETRY_TIMEOUT: specifies the initial retry timeout in 3938 * millisecond units, used by the Peer Link Open message 3939 * 3940 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONFIRM_TIMEOUT: specifies the initial confirm timeout, in 3941 * millisecond units, used by the peer link management to close a peer link 3942 * 3943 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HOLDING_TIMEOUT: specifies the holding timeout, in 3944 * millisecond units 3945 * 3946 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_PEER_LINKS: maximum number of peer links allowed 3947 * on this mesh interface 3948 * 3949 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_RETRIES: specifies the maximum number of peer link 3950 * open retries that can be sent to establish a new peer link instance in a 3951 * mesh 3952 * 3953 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a source mesh 3954 * point. 3955 * 3956 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_AUTO_OPEN_PLINKS: whether we should automatically open 3957 * peer links when we detect compatible mesh peers. Disabled if 3958 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM or @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE are 3959 * set. 3960 * 3961 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_MAX_PREQ_RETRIES: the number of action frames 3962 * containing a PREQ that an MP can send to a particular destination (path 3963 * target) 3964 * 3965 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_PATH_REFRESH_TIME: how frequently to refresh mesh paths 3966 * (in milliseconds) 3967 * 3968 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MIN_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: minimum length of time to wait 3969 * until giving up on a path discovery (in milliseconds) 3970 * 3971 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ACTIVE_PATH_TIMEOUT: The time (in TUs) for which mesh 3972 * points receiving a PREQ shall consider the forwarding information from 3973 * the root to be valid. (TU = time unit) 3974 * 3975 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PREQ_MIN_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time (in 3976 * TUs) during which an MP can send only one action frame containing a PREQ 3977 * reference element 3978 * 3979 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_NET_DIAM_TRVS_TIME: The interval of time (in TUs) 3980 * that it takes for an HWMP information element to propagate across the 3981 * mesh 3982 * 3983 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOTMODE: whether root mode is enabled or not 3984 * 3985 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a 3986 * source mesh point for path selection elements. 3987 * 3988 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_RANN_INTERVAL: The interval of time (in TUs) between 3989 * root announcements are transmitted. 3990 * 3991 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_GATE_ANNOUNCEMENTS: Advertise that this mesh station has 3992 * access to a broader network beyond the MBSS. This is done via Root 3993 * Announcement frames. 3994 * 3995 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PERR_MIN_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time (in 3996 * TUs) during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing a 3997 * PERR element. 3998 * 3999 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_FORWARDING: set Mesh STA as forwarding or non-forwarding 4000 * or forwarding entity (default is TRUE - forwarding entity) 4001 * 4002 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_RSSI_THRESHOLD: RSSI threshold in dBm. This specifies the 4003 * threshold for average signal strength of candidate station to establish 4004 * a peer link. 4005 * 4006 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_SYNC_OFFSET_MAX_NEIGHBOR: maximum number of neighbors 4007 * to synchronize to for 11s default synchronization method 4008 * (see 11C.12.2.2) 4009 * 4010 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HT_OPMODE: set mesh HT protection mode. 4011 * 4012 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_MAX: highest possible mesh configuration attribute 4013 * 4014 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PATH_TO_ROOT_TIMEOUT: The time (in TUs) for 4015 * which mesh STAs receiving a proactive PREQ shall consider the forwarding 4016 * information to the root mesh STA to be valid. 4017 * 4018 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOT_INTERVAL: The interval of time (in TUs) between 4019 * proactive PREQs are transmitted. 4020 * 4021 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_CONFIRMATION_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time 4022 * (in TUs) during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame 4023 * containing a PREQ element for root path confirmation. 4024 * 4025 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_POWER_MODE: Default mesh power mode for new peer links. 4026 * type &enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode (u32) 4027 * 4028 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_AWAKE_WINDOW: awake window duration (in TUs) 4029 * 4030 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT: If no tx activity is seen from a STA we've 4031 * established peering with for longer than this time (in seconds), then 4032 * remove it from the STA's list of peers. You may set this to 0 to disable 4033 * the removal of the STA. Default is 30 minutes. 4034 * 4035 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_GATE: If set to true then this mesh STA 4036 * will advertise that it is connected to a gate in the mesh formation 4037 * field. If left unset then the mesh formation field will only 4038 * advertise such if there is an active root mesh path. 4039 * 4040 * @__NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 4041 */ 4042 enum nl80211_meshconf_params { 4043 __NL80211_MESHCONF_INVALID, 4044 NL80211_MESHCONF_RETRY_TIMEOUT, 4045 NL80211_MESHCONF_CONFIRM_TIMEOUT, 4046 NL80211_MESHCONF_HOLDING_TIMEOUT, 4047 NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_PEER_LINKS, 4048 NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_RETRIES, 4049 NL80211_MESHCONF_TTL, 4050 NL80211_MESHCONF_AUTO_OPEN_PLINKS, 4051 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_MAX_PREQ_RETRIES, 4052 NL80211_MESHCONF_PATH_REFRESH_TIME, 4053 NL80211_MESHCONF_MIN_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT, 4054 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ACTIVE_PATH_TIMEOUT, 4055 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PREQ_MIN_INTERVAL, 4056 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_NET_DIAM_TRVS_TIME, 4057 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOTMODE, 4058 NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL, 4059 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_RANN_INTERVAL, 4060 NL80211_MESHCONF_GATE_ANNOUNCEMENTS, 4061 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PERR_MIN_INTERVAL, 4062 NL80211_MESHCONF_FORWARDING, 4063 NL80211_MESHCONF_RSSI_THRESHOLD, 4064 NL80211_MESHCONF_SYNC_OFFSET_MAX_NEIGHBOR, 4065 NL80211_MESHCONF_HT_OPMODE, 4066 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PATH_TO_ROOT_TIMEOUT, 4067 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOT_INTERVAL, 4068 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_CONFIRMATION_INTERVAL, 4069 NL80211_MESHCONF_POWER_MODE, 4070 NL80211_MESHCONF_AWAKE_WINDOW, 4071 NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT, 4072 NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_GATE, 4073 4074 /* keep last */ 4075 __NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 4076 NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 4077 }; 4078 4079 /** 4080 * enum nl80211_mesh_setup_params - mesh setup parameters 4081 * 4082 * Mesh setup parameters. These are used to start/join a mesh and cannot be 4083 * changed while the mesh is active. 4084 * 4085 * @__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_INVALID: Internal use 4086 * 4087 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_PATH_SEL: Enable this option to use a 4088 * vendor specific path selection algorithm or disable it to use the 4089 * default HWMP. 4090 * 4091 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_METRIC: Enable this option to use a 4092 * vendor specific path metric or disable it to use the default Airtime 4093 * metric. 4094 * 4095 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE: Information elements for this mesh, for instance, a 4096 * robust security network ie, or a vendor specific information element 4097 * that vendors will use to identify the path selection methods and 4098 * metrics in use. 4099 * 4100 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH: Enable this option if an authentication 4101 * daemon will be authenticating mesh candidates. 4102 * 4103 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE: Enable this option if an authentication 4104 * daemon will be securing peer link frames. AMPE is a secured version of 4105 * Mesh Peering Management (MPM) and is implemented with the assistance of 4106 * a userspace daemon. When this flag is set, the kernel will send peer 4107 * management frames to a userspace daemon that will implement AMPE 4108 * functionality (security capabilities selection, key confirmation, and 4109 * key management). When the flag is unset (default), the kernel can 4110 * autonomously complete (unsecured) mesh peering without the need of a 4111 * userspace daemon. 4112 * 4113 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_SYNC: Enable this option to use a 4114 * vendor specific synchronization method or disable it to use the default 4115 * neighbor offset synchronization 4116 * 4117 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM: Enable this option if userspace will 4118 * implement an MPM which handles peer allocation and state. 4119 * 4120 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_AUTH_PROTOCOL: Inform the kernel of the authentication 4121 * method (u8, as defined in IEEE 8.4.2.100.6, e.g. 0x1 for SAE). 4122 * Default is no authentication method required. 4123 * 4124 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_MAX: highest possible mesh setup attribute number 4125 * 4126 * @__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal use 4127 */ 4128 enum nl80211_mesh_setup_params { 4129 __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_INVALID, 4130 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_PATH_SEL, 4131 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_METRIC, 4132 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE, 4133 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH, 4134 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE, 4135 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_SYNC, 4136 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM, 4137 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_AUTH_PROTOCOL, 4138 4139 /* keep last */ 4140 __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 4141 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 4142 }; 4143 4144 /** 4145 * enum nl80211_txq_attr - TX queue parameter attributes 4146 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_INVALID: Attribute number 0 is reserved 4147 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC: AC identifier (NL80211_AC_*) 4148 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_TXOP: Maximum burst time in units of 32 usecs, 0 meaning 4149 * disabled 4150 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMIN: Minimum contention window [a value of the form 4151 * 2^n-1 in the range 1..32767] 4152 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMAX: Maximum contention window [a value of the form 4153 * 2^n-1 in the range 1..32767] 4154 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AIFS: Arbitration interframe space [0..255] 4155 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal 4156 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_MAX: Maximum TXQ attribute number 4157 */ 4158 enum nl80211_txq_attr { 4159 __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_INVALID, 4160 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC, 4161 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_TXOP, 4162 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMIN, 4163 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMAX, 4164 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AIFS, 4165 4166 /* keep last */ 4167 __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 4168 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 4169 }; 4170 4171 enum nl80211_ac { 4172 NL80211_AC_VO, 4173 NL80211_AC_VI, 4174 NL80211_AC_BE, 4175 NL80211_AC_BK, 4176 NL80211_NUM_ACS 4177 }; 4178 4179 /* backward compat */ 4180 #define NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_QUEUE NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC 4181 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_VO NL80211_AC_VO 4182 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_VI NL80211_AC_VI 4183 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_BE NL80211_AC_BE 4184 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_BK NL80211_AC_BK 4185 4186 /** 4187 * enum nl80211_channel_type - channel type 4188 * @NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT: 20 MHz, non-HT channel 4189 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT20: 20 MHz HT channel 4190 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS: HT40 channel, secondary channel 4191 * below the control channel 4192 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS: HT40 channel, secondary channel 4193 * above the control channel 4194 */ 4195 enum nl80211_channel_type { 4196 NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT, 4197 NL80211_CHAN_HT20, 4198 NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS, 4199 NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS 4200 }; 4201 4202 /** 4203 * enum nl80211_key_mode - Key mode 4204 * 4205 * @NL80211_KEY_RX_TX: (Default) 4206 * Key can be used for Rx and Tx immediately 4207 * 4208 * The following modes can only be selected for unicast keys and when the 4209 * driver supports @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID: 4210 * 4211 * @NL80211_KEY_NO_TX: Only allowed in combination with @NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY: 4212 * Unicast key can only be used for Rx, Tx not allowed, yet 4213 * @NL80211_KEY_SET_TX: Only allowed in combination with @NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY: 4214 * The unicast key identified by idx and mac is cleared for Tx and becomes 4215 * the preferred Tx key for the station. 4216 */ 4217 enum nl80211_key_mode { 4218 NL80211_KEY_RX_TX, 4219 NL80211_KEY_NO_TX, 4220 NL80211_KEY_SET_TX 4221 }; 4222 4223 /** 4224 * enum nl80211_chan_width - channel width definitions 4225 * 4226 * These values are used with the %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH 4227 * attribute. 4228 * 4229 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT: 20 MHz, non-HT channel 4230 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20: 20 MHz HT channel 4231 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40: 40 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1 4232 * attribute must be provided as well 4233 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80: 80 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1 4234 * attribute must be provided as well 4235 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80P80: 80+80 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1 4236 * and %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2 attributes must be provided as well 4237 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_160: 160 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1 4238 * attribute must be provided as well 4239 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: 5 MHz OFDM channel 4240 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: 10 MHz OFDM channel 4241 */ 4242 enum nl80211_chan_width { 4243 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT, 4244 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20, 4245 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40, 4246 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80, 4247 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80P80, 4248 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_160, 4249 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5, 4250 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10, 4251 }; 4252 4253 /** 4254 * enum nl80211_bss_scan_width - control channel width for a BSS 4255 * 4256 * These values are used with the %NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH attribute. 4257 * 4258 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20: control channel is 20 MHz wide or compatible 4259 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10: control channel is 10 MHz wide 4260 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5: control channel is 5 MHz wide 4261 */ 4262 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width { 4263 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20, 4264 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10, 4265 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5, 4266 }; 4267 4268 /** 4269 * enum nl80211_bss - netlink attributes for a BSS 4270 * 4271 * @__NL80211_BSS_INVALID: invalid 4272 * @NL80211_BSS_BSSID: BSSID of the BSS (6 octets) 4273 * @NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY: frequency in MHz (u32) 4274 * @NL80211_BSS_TSF: TSF of the received probe response/beacon (u64) 4275 * (if @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA is present then this is known to be 4276 * from a probe response, otherwise it may be from the same beacon 4277 * that the NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF will be from) 4278 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_INTERVAL: beacon interval of the (I)BSS (u16) 4279 * @NL80211_BSS_CAPABILITY: capability field (CPU order, u16) 4280 * @NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS: binary attribute containing the 4281 * raw information elements from the probe response/beacon (bin); 4282 * if the %NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES attribute is present and the data is 4283 * different then the IEs here are from a Probe Response frame; otherwise 4284 * they are from a Beacon frame. 4285 * However, if the driver does not indicate the source of the IEs, these 4286 * IEs may be from either frame subtype. 4287 * If present, the @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA attribute indicates that the 4288 * data here is known to be from a probe response, without any heuristics. 4289 * @NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_MBM: signal strength of probe response/beacon 4290 * in mBm (100 * dBm) (s32) 4291 * @NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_UNSPEC: signal strength of the probe response/beacon 4292 * in unspecified units, scaled to 0..100 (u8) 4293 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS: status, if this BSS is "used" 4294 * @NL80211_BSS_SEEN_MS_AGO: age of this BSS entry in ms 4295 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES: binary attribute containing the raw information 4296 * elements from a Beacon frame (bin); not present if no Beacon frame has 4297 * yet been received 4298 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH: channel width of the control channel 4299 * (u32, enum nl80211_bss_scan_width) 4300 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF: TSF of the last received beacon (u64) 4301 * (not present if no beacon frame has been received yet) 4302 * @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA: the data in @NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS and 4303 * @NL80211_BSS_TSF is known to be from a probe response (flag attribute) 4304 * @NL80211_BSS_LAST_SEEN_BOOTTIME: CLOCK_BOOTTIME timestamp when this entry 4305 * was last updated by a received frame. The value is expected to be 4306 * accurate to about 10ms. (u64, nanoseconds) 4307 * @NL80211_BSS_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment 4308 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF: the time at the start of reception of the first 4309 * octet of the timestamp field of the last beacon/probe received for 4310 * this BSS. The time is the TSF of the BSS specified by 4311 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID. (u64). 4312 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID: the BSS according to which @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF 4313 * is set. 4314 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAIN_SIGNAL: per-chain signal strength of last BSS update. 4315 * Contains a nested array of signal strength attributes (u8, dBm), 4316 * using the nesting index as the antenna number. 4317 * @__NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST: internal 4318 * @NL80211_BSS_MAX: highest BSS attribute 4319 */ 4320 enum nl80211_bss { 4321 __NL80211_BSS_INVALID, 4322 NL80211_BSS_BSSID, 4323 NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY, 4324 NL80211_BSS_TSF, 4325 NL80211_BSS_BEACON_INTERVAL, 4326 NL80211_BSS_CAPABILITY, 4327 NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS, 4328 NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_MBM, 4329 NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_UNSPEC, 4330 NL80211_BSS_STATUS, 4331 NL80211_BSS_SEEN_MS_AGO, 4332 NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES, 4333 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH, 4334 NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF, 4335 NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA, 4336 NL80211_BSS_LAST_SEEN_BOOTTIME, 4337 NL80211_BSS_PAD, 4338 NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF, 4339 NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID, 4340 NL80211_BSS_CHAIN_SIGNAL, 4341 4342 /* keep last */ 4343 __NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST, 4344 NL80211_BSS_MAX = __NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST - 1 4345 }; 4346 4347 /** 4348 * enum nl80211_bss_status - BSS "status" 4349 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_AUTHENTICATED: Authenticated with this BSS. 4350 * Note that this is no longer used since cfg80211 no longer 4351 * keeps track of whether or not authentication was done with 4352 * a given BSS. 4353 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_ASSOCIATED: Associated with this BSS. 4354 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_IBSS_JOINED: Joined to this IBSS. 4355 * 4356 * The BSS status is a BSS attribute in scan dumps, which 4357 * indicates the status the interface has wrt. this BSS. 4358 */ 4359 enum nl80211_bss_status { 4360 NL80211_BSS_STATUS_AUTHENTICATED, 4361 NL80211_BSS_STATUS_ASSOCIATED, 4362 NL80211_BSS_STATUS_IBSS_JOINED, 4363 }; 4364 4365 /** 4366 * enum nl80211_auth_type - AuthenticationType 4367 * 4368 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_OPEN_SYSTEM: Open System authentication 4369 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SHARED_KEY: Shared Key authentication (WEP only) 4370 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FT: Fast BSS Transition (IEEE 802.11r) 4371 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NETWORK_EAP: Network EAP (some Cisco APs and mainly LEAP) 4372 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SAE: Simultaneous authentication of equals 4373 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK: Fast Initial Link Setup shared key 4374 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK_PFS: Fast Initial Link Setup shared key with PFS 4375 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_PK: Fast Initial Link Setup public key 4376 * @__NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM: internal 4377 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_MAX: maximum valid auth algorithm 4378 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_AUTOMATIC: determine automatically (if necessary by 4379 * trying multiple times); this is invalid in netlink -- leave out 4380 * the attribute for this on CONNECT commands. 4381 */ 4382 enum nl80211_auth_type { 4383 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_OPEN_SYSTEM, 4384 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SHARED_KEY, 4385 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FT, 4386 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NETWORK_EAP, 4387 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SAE, 4388 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK, 4389 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK_PFS, 4390 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_PK, 4391 4392 /* keep last */ 4393 __NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM, 4394 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_MAX = __NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM - 1, 4395 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_AUTOMATIC 4396 }; 4397 4398 /** 4399 * enum nl80211_key_type - Key Type 4400 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_GROUP: Group (broadcast/multicast) key 4401 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_PAIRWISE: Pairwise (unicast/individual) key 4402 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_PEERKEY: PeerKey (DLS) 4403 * @NUM_NL80211_KEYTYPES: number of defined key types 4404 */ 4405 enum nl80211_key_type { 4406 NL80211_KEYTYPE_GROUP, 4407 NL80211_KEYTYPE_PAIRWISE, 4408 NL80211_KEYTYPE_PEERKEY, 4409 4410 NUM_NL80211_KEYTYPES 4411 }; 4412 4413 /** 4414 * enum nl80211_mfp - Management frame protection state 4415 * @NL80211_MFP_NO: Management frame protection not used 4416 * @NL80211_MFP_REQUIRED: Management frame protection required 4417 * @NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL: Management frame protection is optional 4418 */ 4419 enum nl80211_mfp { 4420 NL80211_MFP_NO, 4421 NL80211_MFP_REQUIRED, 4422 NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL, 4423 }; 4424 4425 enum nl80211_wpa_versions { 4426 NL80211_WPA_VERSION_1 = 1 << 0, 4427 NL80211_WPA_VERSION_2 = 1 << 1, 4428 NL80211_WPA_VERSION_3 = 1 << 2, 4429 }; 4430 4431 /** 4432 * enum nl80211_key_default_types - key default types 4433 * @__NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_INVALID: invalid 4434 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_UNICAST: key should be used as default 4435 * unicast key 4436 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_MULTICAST: key should be used as default 4437 * multicast key 4438 * @NUM_NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: number of default types 4439 */ 4440 enum nl80211_key_default_types { 4441 __NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_INVALID, 4442 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_UNICAST, 4443 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_MULTICAST, 4444 4445 NUM_NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES 4446 }; 4447 4448 /** 4449 * enum nl80211_key_attributes - key attributes 4450 * @__NL80211_KEY_INVALID: invalid 4451 * @NL80211_KEY_DATA: (temporal) key data; for TKIP this consists of 4452 * 16 bytes encryption key followed by 8 bytes each for TX and RX MIC 4453 * keys 4454 * @NL80211_KEY_IDX: key ID (u8, 0-3) 4455 * @NL80211_KEY_CIPHER: key cipher suite (u32, as defined by IEEE 802.11 4456 * section 7.3.2.25.1, e.g. 0x000FAC04) 4457 * @NL80211_KEY_SEQ: transmit key sequence number (IV/PN) for TKIP and 4458 * CCMP keys, each six bytes in little endian 4459 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT: flag indicating default key 4460 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT: flag indicating default management key 4461 * @NL80211_KEY_TYPE: the key type from enum nl80211_key_type, if not 4462 * specified the default depends on whether a MAC address was 4463 * given with the command using the key or not (u32) 4464 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: A nested attribute containing flags 4465 * attributes, specifying what a key should be set as default as. 4466 * See &enum nl80211_key_default_types. 4467 * @NL80211_KEY_MODE: the mode from enum nl80211_key_mode. 4468 * Defaults to @NL80211_KEY_RX_TX. 4469 * 4470 * @__NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST: internal 4471 * @NL80211_KEY_MAX: highest key attribute 4472 */ 4473 enum nl80211_key_attributes { 4474 __NL80211_KEY_INVALID, 4475 NL80211_KEY_DATA, 4476 NL80211_KEY_IDX, 4477 NL80211_KEY_CIPHER, 4478 NL80211_KEY_SEQ, 4479 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT, 4480 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT, 4481 NL80211_KEY_TYPE, 4482 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES, 4483 NL80211_KEY_MODE, 4484 4485 /* keep last */ 4486 __NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST, 4487 NL80211_KEY_MAX = __NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST - 1 4488 }; 4489 4490 /** 4491 * enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes - TX rate set attributes 4492 * @__NL80211_TXRATE_INVALID: invalid 4493 * @NL80211_TXRATE_LEGACY: Legacy (non-MCS) rates allowed for TX rate selection 4494 * in an array of rates as defined in IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 (u8 values with 4495 * 1 = 500 kbps) but without the IE length restriction (at most 4496 * %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES in a single array). 4497 * @NL80211_TXRATE_HT: HT (MCS) rates allowed for TX rate selection 4498 * in an array of MCS numbers. 4499 * @NL80211_TXRATE_VHT: VHT rates allowed for TX rate selection, 4500 * see &struct nl80211_txrate_vht 4501 * @NL80211_TXRATE_GI: configure GI, see &enum nl80211_txrate_gi 4502 * @__NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST: internal 4503 * @NL80211_TXRATE_MAX: highest TX rate attribute 4504 */ 4505 enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes { 4506 __NL80211_TXRATE_INVALID, 4507 NL80211_TXRATE_LEGACY, 4508 NL80211_TXRATE_HT, 4509 NL80211_TXRATE_VHT, 4510 NL80211_TXRATE_GI, 4511 4512 /* keep last */ 4513 __NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST, 4514 NL80211_TXRATE_MAX = __NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST - 1 4515 }; 4516 4517 #define NL80211_TXRATE_MCS NL80211_TXRATE_HT 4518 #define NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX 8 4519 4520 /** 4521 * struct nl80211_txrate_vht - VHT MCS/NSS txrate bitmap 4522 * @mcs: MCS bitmap table for each NSS (array index 0 for 1 stream, etc.) 4523 */ 4524 struct nl80211_txrate_vht { 4525 __u16 mcs[NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX]; 4526 }; 4527 4528 enum nl80211_txrate_gi { 4529 NL80211_TXRATE_DEFAULT_GI, 4530 NL80211_TXRATE_FORCE_SGI, 4531 NL80211_TXRATE_FORCE_LGI, 4532 }; 4533 4534 /** 4535 * enum nl80211_band - Frequency band 4536 * @NL80211_BAND_2GHZ: 2.4 GHz ISM band 4537 * @NL80211_BAND_5GHZ: around 5 GHz band (4.9 - 5.7 GHz) 4538 * @NL80211_BAND_60GHZ: around 60 GHz band (58.32 - 69.12 GHz) 4539 * @NUM_NL80211_BANDS: number of bands, avoid using this in userspace 4540 * since newer kernel versions may support more bands 4541 */ 4542 enum nl80211_band { 4543 NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, 4544 NL80211_BAND_5GHZ, 4545 NL80211_BAND_60GHZ, 4546 4547 NUM_NL80211_BANDS, 4548 }; 4549 4550 /** 4551 * enum nl80211_ps_state - powersave state 4552 * @NL80211_PS_DISABLED: powersave is disabled 4553 * @NL80211_PS_ENABLED: powersave is enabled 4554 */ 4555 enum nl80211_ps_state { 4556 NL80211_PS_DISABLED, 4557 NL80211_PS_ENABLED, 4558 }; 4559 4560 /** 4561 * enum nl80211_attr_cqm - connection quality monitor attributes 4562 * @__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_INVALID: invalid 4563 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD: RSSI threshold in dBm. This value specifies 4564 * the threshold for the RSSI level at which an event will be sent. Zero 4565 * to disable. Alternatively, if %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST is 4566 * set, multiple values can be supplied as a low-to-high sorted array of 4567 * threshold values in dBm. Events will be sent when the RSSI value 4568 * crosses any of the thresholds. 4569 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_HYST: RSSI hysteresis in dBm. This value specifies 4570 * the minimum amount the RSSI level must change after an event before a 4571 * new event may be issued (to reduce effects of RSSI oscillation). 4572 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT: RSSI threshold event 4573 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_PKT_LOSS_EVENT: a u32 value indicating that this many 4574 * consecutive packets were not acknowledged by the peer 4575 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE: TX error rate in %. Minimum % of TX failures 4576 * during the given %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL before an 4577 * %NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM with reported %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE and 4578 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS is generated. 4579 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS: number of attempted packets in a given 4580 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL before %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE is 4581 * checked. 4582 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL: interval in seconds. Specifies the periodic 4583 * interval in which %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS and 4584 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE must be satisfied before generating an 4585 * %NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM. Set to 0 to turn off TX error reporting. 4586 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT: flag attribute that's set in a beacon 4587 * loss event 4588 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_LEVEL: the RSSI value in dBm that triggered the 4589 * RSSI threshold event. 4590 * @__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST: internal 4591 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_MAX: highest key attribute 4592 */ 4593 enum nl80211_attr_cqm { 4594 __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_INVALID, 4595 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD, 4596 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_HYST, 4597 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT, 4598 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_PKT_LOSS_EVENT, 4599 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE, 4600 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS, 4601 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL, 4602 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT, 4603 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_LEVEL, 4604 4605 /* keep last */ 4606 __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST, 4607 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_MAX = __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST - 1 4608 }; 4609 4610 /** 4611 * enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event - RSSI threshold event 4612 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_LOW: The RSSI level is lower than the 4613 * configured threshold 4614 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_HIGH: The RSSI is higher than the 4615 * configured threshold 4616 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT: (reserved, never sent) 4617 */ 4618 enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event { 4619 NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_LOW, 4620 NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_HIGH, 4621 NL80211_CQM_RSSI_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT, 4622 }; 4623 4624 4625 /** 4626 * enum nl80211_tx_power_setting - TX power adjustment 4627 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC: automatically determine transmit power 4628 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED: limit TX power by the mBm parameter 4629 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED: fix TX power to the mBm parameter 4630 */ 4631 enum nl80211_tx_power_setting { 4632 NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC, 4633 NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED, 4634 NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED, 4635 }; 4636 4637 /** 4638 * enum nl80211_packet_pattern_attr - packet pattern attribute 4639 * @__NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute 4640 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN: the pattern, values where the mask has 4641 * a zero bit are ignored 4642 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK: pattern mask, must be long enough to have 4643 * a bit for each byte in the pattern. The lowest-order bit corresponds 4644 * to the first byte of the pattern, but the bytes of the pattern are 4645 * in a little-endian-like format, i.e. the 9th byte of the pattern 4646 * corresponds to the lowest-order bit in the second byte of the mask. 4647 * For example: The match 00:xx:00:00:xx:00:00:00:00:xx:xx:xx (where 4648 * xx indicates "don't care") would be represented by a pattern of 4649 * twelve zero bytes, and a mask of "0xed,0x01". 4650 * Note that the pattern matching is done as though frames were not 4651 * 802.11 frames but 802.3 frames, i.e. the frame is fully unpacked 4652 * first (including SNAP header unpacking) and then matched. 4653 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET: packet offset, pattern is matched after 4654 * these fixed number of bytes of received packet 4655 * @NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT: number of attributes 4656 * @MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT: max attribute number 4657 */ 4658 enum nl80211_packet_pattern_attr { 4659 __NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID, 4660 NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK, 4661 NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN, 4662 NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET, 4663 4664 NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT, 4665 MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT = NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT - 1, 4666 }; 4667 4668 /** 4669 * struct nl80211_pattern_support - packet pattern support information 4670 * @max_patterns: maximum number of patterns supported 4671 * @min_pattern_len: minimum length of each pattern 4672 * @max_pattern_len: maximum length of each pattern 4673 * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset 4674 * 4675 * This struct is carried in %NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN when 4676 * that is part of %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED or in 4677 * %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN when that is part of 4678 * %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE in the capability information given 4679 * by the kernel to userspace. 4680 */ 4681 struct nl80211_pattern_support { 4682 __u32 max_patterns; 4683 __u32 min_pattern_len; 4684 __u32 max_pattern_len; 4685 __u32 max_pkt_offset; 4686 } __attribute__((packed)); 4687 4688 /* only for backward compatibility */ 4689 #define __NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_INVALID __NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID 4690 #define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_MASK NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK 4691 #define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_PATTERN NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN 4692 #define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_OFFSET NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET 4693 #define NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT 4694 #define MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT 4695 #define nl80211_wowlan_pattern_support nl80211_pattern_support 4696 4697 /** 4698 * enum nl80211_wowlan_triggers - WoWLAN trigger definitions 4699 * @__NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes 4700 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_ANY: wake up on any activity, do not really put 4701 * the chip into a special state -- works best with chips that have 4702 * support for low-power operation already (flag) 4703 * Note that this mode is incompatible with all of the others, if 4704 * any others are even supported by the device. 4705 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_DISCONNECT: wake up on disconnect, the way disconnect 4706 * is detected is implementation-specific (flag) 4707 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_MAGIC_PKT: wake up on magic packet (6x 0xff, followed 4708 * by 16 repetitions of MAC addr, anywhere in payload) (flag) 4709 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN: wake up on the specified packet patterns 4710 * which are passed in an array of nested attributes, each nested attribute 4711 * defining a with attributes from &struct nl80211_wowlan_trig_pkt_pattern. 4712 * Each pattern defines a wakeup packet. Packet offset is associated with 4713 * each pattern which is used while matching the pattern. The matching is 4714 * done on the MSDU, i.e. as though the packet was an 802.3 packet, so the 4715 * pattern matching is done after the packet is converted to the MSDU. 4716 * 4717 * In %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED, it is a binary attribute 4718 * carrying a &struct nl80211_pattern_support. 4719 * 4720 * When reporting wakeup. it is a u32 attribute containing the 0-based 4721 * index of the pattern that caused the wakeup, in the patterns passed 4722 * to the kernel when configuring. 4723 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_SUPPORTED: Not a real trigger, and cannot be 4724 * used when setting, used only to indicate that GTK rekeying is supported 4725 * by the device (flag) 4726 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE: wake up on GTK rekey failure (if 4727 * done by the device) (flag) 4728 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_EAP_IDENT_REQUEST: wake up on EAP Identity Request 4729 * packet (flag) 4730 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_4WAY_HANDSHAKE: wake up on 4-way handshake (flag) 4731 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_RFKILL_RELEASE: wake up when rfkill is released 4732 * (on devices that have rfkill in the device) (flag) 4733 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211: For wakeup reporting only, contains 4734 * the 802.11 packet that caused the wakeup, e.g. a deauth frame. The frame 4735 * may be truncated, the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN 4736 * attribute contains the original length. 4737 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN: Original length of the 802.11 4738 * packet, may be bigger than the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211 4739 * attribute if the packet was truncated somewhere. 4740 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023: For wakeup reporting only, contains the 4741 * 802.11 packet that caused the wakeup, e.g. a magic packet. The frame may 4742 * be truncated, the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN attribute 4743 * contains the original length. 4744 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN: Original length of the 802.3 4745 * packet, may be bigger than the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023 4746 * attribute if the packet was truncated somewhere. 4747 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_CONNECTION: TCP connection wake, see DOC section 4748 * "TCP connection wakeup" for more details. This is a nested attribute 4749 * containing the exact information for establishing and keeping alive 4750 * the TCP connection. 4751 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_WAKEUP_MATCH: For wakeup reporting only, the 4752 * wakeup packet was received on the TCP connection 4753 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_CONNLOST: For wakeup reporting only, the 4754 * TCP connection was lost or failed to be established 4755 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_NOMORETOKENS: For wakeup reporting only, 4756 * the TCP connection ran out of tokens to use for data to send to the 4757 * service 4758 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT: wake up when a configured network 4759 * is detected. This is a nested attribute that contains the 4760 * same attributes used with @NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN. It 4761 * specifies how the scan is performed (e.g. the interval, the 4762 * channels to scan and the initial delay) as well as the scan 4763 * results that will trigger a wake (i.e. the matchsets). This 4764 * attribute is also sent in a response to 4765 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY, indicating the number of match sets 4766 * supported by the driver (u32). 4767 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT_RESULTS: nested attribute 4768 * containing an array with information about what triggered the 4769 * wake up. If no elements are present in the array, it means 4770 * that the information is not available. If more than one 4771 * element is present, it means that more than one match 4772 * occurred. 4773 * Each element in the array is a nested attribute that contains 4774 * one optional %NL80211_ATTR_SSID attribute and one optional 4775 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES attribute. At least one of 4776 * these attributes must be present. If 4777 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES contains more than one 4778 * frequency, it means that the match occurred in more than one 4779 * channel. 4780 * @NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG: number of wake on wireless triggers 4781 * @MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG: highest wowlan trigger attribute number 4782 * 4783 * These nested attributes are used to configure the wakeup triggers and 4784 * to report the wakeup reason(s). 4785 */ 4786 enum nl80211_wowlan_triggers { 4787 __NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_INVALID, 4788 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_ANY, 4789 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_DISCONNECT, 4790 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_MAGIC_PKT, 4791 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN, 4792 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_SUPPORTED, 4793 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE, 4794 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_EAP_IDENT_REQUEST, 4795 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_4WAY_HANDSHAKE, 4796 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_RFKILL_RELEASE, 4797 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211, 4798 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN, 4799 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023, 4800 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN, 4801 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_CONNECTION, 4802 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_MATCH, 4803 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_CONNLOST, 4804 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_NOMORETOKENS, 4805 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT, 4806 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT_RESULTS, 4807 4808 /* keep last */ 4809 NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG, 4810 MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG = NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG - 1 4811 }; 4812 4813 /** 4814 * DOC: TCP connection wakeup 4815 * 4816 * Some devices can establish a TCP connection in order to be woken up by a 4817 * packet coming in from outside their network segment, or behind NAT. If 4818 * configured, the device will establish a TCP connection to the given 4819 * service, and periodically send data to that service. The first data 4820 * packet is usually transmitted after SYN/ACK, also ACKing the SYN/ACK. 4821 * The data packets can optionally include a (little endian) sequence 4822 * number (in the TCP payload!) that is generated by the device, and, also 4823 * optionally, a token from a list of tokens. This serves as a keep-alive 4824 * with the service, and for NATed connections, etc. 4825 * 4826 * During this keep-alive period, the server doesn't send any data to the 4827 * client. When receiving data, it is compared against the wakeup pattern 4828 * (and mask) and if it matches, the host is woken up. Similarly, if the 4829 * connection breaks or cannot be established to start with, the host is 4830 * also woken up. 4831 * 4832 * Developer's note: ARP offload is required for this, otherwise TCP 4833 * response packets might not go through correctly. 4834 */ 4835 4836 /** 4837 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq - WoWLAN TCP data sequence 4838 * @start: starting value 4839 * @offset: offset of sequence number in packet 4840 * @len: length of the sequence value to write, 1 through 4 4841 * 4842 * Note: don't confuse with the TCP sequence number(s), this is for the 4843 * keepalive packet payload. The actual value is written into the packet 4844 * in little endian. 4845 */ 4846 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq { 4847 __u32 start, offset, len; 4848 }; 4849 4850 /** 4851 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token - WoWLAN TCP data token config 4852 * @offset: offset of token in packet 4853 * @len: length of each token 4854 * @token_stream: stream of data to be used for the tokens, the length must 4855 * be a multiple of @len for this to make sense 4856 */ 4857 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token { 4858 __u32 offset, len; 4859 __u8 token_stream[]; 4860 }; 4861 4862 /** 4863 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature - data token features 4864 * @min_len: minimum token length 4865 * @max_len: maximum token length 4866 * @bufsize: total available token buffer size (max size of @token_stream) 4867 */ 4868 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature { 4869 __u32 min_len, max_len, bufsize; 4870 }; 4871 4872 /** 4873 * enum nl80211_wowlan_tcp_attrs - WoWLAN TCP connection parameters 4874 * @__NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes 4875 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_IPV4: source IPv4 address (in network byte order) 4876 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_IPV4: destination IPv4 address 4877 * (in network byte order) 4878 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_MAC: destination MAC address, this is given because 4879 * route lookup when configured might be invalid by the time we suspend, 4880 * and doing a route lookup when suspending is no longer possible as it 4881 * might require ARP querying. 4882 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_PORT: source port (u16); optional, if not given a 4883 * socket and port will be allocated 4884 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_PORT: destination port (u16) 4885 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD: data packet payload, at least one byte. 4886 * For feature advertising, a u32 attribute holding the maximum length 4887 * of the data payload. 4888 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_SEQ: data packet sequence configuration 4889 * (if desired), a &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq. For feature 4890 * advertising it is just a flag 4891 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_TOKEN: data packet token configuration, 4892 * see &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token and for advertising see 4893 * &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature. 4894 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_INTERVAL: data interval in seconds, maximum 4895 * interval in feature advertising (u32) 4896 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_PAYLOAD: wake packet payload, for advertising a 4897 * u32 attribute holding the maximum length 4898 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_MASK: Wake packet payload mask, not used for 4899 * feature advertising. The mask works like @NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK 4900 * but on the TCP payload only. 4901 * @NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP: number of TCP attributes 4902 * @MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP: highest attribute number 4903 */ 4904 enum nl80211_wowlan_tcp_attrs { 4905 __NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_INVALID, 4906 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_IPV4, 4907 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_IPV4, 4908 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_MAC, 4909 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_PORT, 4910 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_PORT, 4911 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD, 4912 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_SEQ, 4913 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_TOKEN, 4914 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_INTERVAL, 4915 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_PAYLOAD, 4916 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_MASK, 4917 4918 /* keep last */ 4919 NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP, 4920 MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP = NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP - 1 4921 }; 4922 4923 /** 4924 * struct nl80211_coalesce_rule_support - coalesce rule support information 4925 * @max_rules: maximum number of rules supported 4926 * @pat: packet pattern support information 4927 * @max_delay: maximum supported coalescing delay in msecs 4928 * 4929 * This struct is carried in %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE in the 4930 * capability information given by the kernel to userspace. 4931 */ 4932 struct nl80211_coalesce_rule_support { 4933 __u32 max_rules; 4934 struct nl80211_pattern_support pat; 4935 __u32 max_delay; 4936 } __attribute__((packed)); 4937 4938 /** 4939 * enum nl80211_attr_coalesce_rule - coalesce rule attribute 4940 * @__NL80211_COALESCE_RULE_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute 4941 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_DELAY: delay in msecs used for packet coalescing 4942 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_CONDITION: condition for packet coalescence, 4943 * see &enum nl80211_coalesce_condition. 4944 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN: packet offset, pattern is matched 4945 * after these fixed number of bytes of received packet 4946 * @NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE: number of attributes 4947 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_MAX: max attribute number 4948 */ 4949 enum nl80211_attr_coalesce_rule { 4950 __NL80211_COALESCE_RULE_INVALID, 4951 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_DELAY, 4952 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_CONDITION, 4953 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN, 4954 4955 /* keep last */ 4956 NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE, 4957 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE - 1 4958 }; 4959 4960 /** 4961 * enum nl80211_coalesce_condition - coalesce rule conditions 4962 * @NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_MATCH: coalaesce Rx packets when patterns 4963 * in a rule are matched. 4964 * @NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_NO_MATCH: coalesce Rx packets when patterns 4965 * in a rule are not matched. 4966 */ 4967 enum nl80211_coalesce_condition { 4968 NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_MATCH, 4969 NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_NO_MATCH 4970 }; 4971 4972 /** 4973 * enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs - limit attributes 4974 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_UNSPEC: (reserved) 4975 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_MAX: maximum number of interfaces that 4976 * can be chosen from this set of interface types (u32) 4977 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_TYPES: nested attribute containing a 4978 * flag attribute for each interface type in this set 4979 * @NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT: number of attributes 4980 * @MAX_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT: highest attribute number 4981 */ 4982 enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs { 4983 NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_UNSPEC, 4984 NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_MAX, 4985 NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_TYPES, 4986 4987 /* keep last */ 4988 NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT, 4989 MAX_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT = NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT - 1 4990 }; 4991 4992 /** 4993 * enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs -- interface combination attributes 4994 * 4995 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_UNSPEC: (reserved) 4996 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_LIMITS: Nested attributes containing the limits 4997 * for given interface types, see &enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs. 4998 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_MAXNUM: u32 attribute giving the total number of 4999 * interfaces that can be created in this group. This number doesn't 5000 * apply to interfaces purely managed in software, which are listed 5001 * in a separate attribute %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACES_SOFTWARE. 5002 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_STA_AP_BI_MATCH: flag attribute specifying that 5003 * beacon intervals within this group must be all the same even for 5004 * infrastructure and AP/GO combinations, i.e. the GO(s) must adopt 5005 * the infrastructure network's beacon interval. 5006 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_NUM_CHANNELS: u32 attribute specifying how many 5007 * different channels may be used within this group. 5008 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_WIDTHS: u32 attribute containing the bitmap 5009 * of supported channel widths for radar detection. 5010 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_REGIONS: u32 attribute containing the bitmap 5011 * of supported regulatory regions for radar detection. 5012 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_BI_MIN_GCD: u32 attribute specifying the minimum GCD of 5013 * different beacon intervals supported by all the interface combinations 5014 * in this group (if not present, all beacon intervals be identical). 5015 * @NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB: number of attributes 5016 * @MAX_NL80211_IFACE_COMB: highest attribute number 5017 * 5018 * Examples: 5019 * limits = [ #{STA} <= 1, #{AP} <= 1 ], matching BI, channels = 1, max = 2 5020 * => allows an AP and a STA that must match BIs 5021 * 5022 * numbers = [ #{AP, P2P-GO} <= 8 ], BI min gcd, channels = 1, max = 8, 5023 * => allows 8 of AP/GO that can have BI gcd >= min gcd 5024 * 5025 * numbers = [ #{STA} <= 2 ], channels = 2, max = 2 5026 * => allows two STAs on different channels 5027 * 5028 * numbers = [ #{STA} <= 1, #{P2P-client,P2P-GO} <= 3 ], max = 4 5029 * => allows a STA plus three P2P interfaces 5030 * 5031 * The list of these four possibilities could completely be contained 5032 * within the %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS attribute to indicate 5033 * that any of these groups must match. 5034 * 5035 * "Combinations" of just a single interface will not be listed here, 5036 * a single interface of any valid interface type is assumed to always 5037 * be possible by itself. This means that implicitly, for each valid 5038 * interface type, the following group always exists: 5039 * numbers = [ #{<type>} <= 1 ], channels = 1, max = 1 5040 */ 5041 enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs { 5042 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_UNSPEC, 5043 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_LIMITS, 5044 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_MAXNUM, 5045 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_STA_AP_BI_MATCH, 5046 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_NUM_CHANNELS, 5047 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_WIDTHS, 5048 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_REGIONS, 5049 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_BI_MIN_GCD, 5050 5051 /* keep last */ 5052 NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB, 5053 MAX_NL80211_IFACE_COMB = NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB - 1 5054 }; 5055 5056 5057 /** 5058 * enum nl80211_plink_state - state of a mesh peer link finite state machine 5059 * 5060 * @NL80211_PLINK_LISTEN: initial state, considered the implicit 5061 * state of non existent mesh peer links 5062 * @NL80211_PLINK_OPN_SNT: mesh plink open frame has been sent to 5063 * this mesh peer 5064 * @NL80211_PLINK_OPN_RCVD: mesh plink open frame has been received 5065 * from this mesh peer 5066 * @NL80211_PLINK_CNF_RCVD: mesh plink confirm frame has been 5067 * received from this mesh peer 5068 * @NL80211_PLINK_ESTAB: mesh peer link is established 5069 * @NL80211_PLINK_HOLDING: mesh peer link is being closed or cancelled 5070 * @NL80211_PLINK_BLOCKED: all frames transmitted from this mesh 5071 * plink are discarded 5072 * @NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES: number of peer link states 5073 * @MAX_NL80211_PLINK_STATES: highest numerical value of plink states 5074 */ 5075 enum nl80211_plink_state { 5076 NL80211_PLINK_LISTEN, 5077 NL80211_PLINK_OPN_SNT, 5078 NL80211_PLINK_OPN_RCVD, 5079 NL80211_PLINK_CNF_RCVD, 5080 NL80211_PLINK_ESTAB, 5081 NL80211_PLINK_HOLDING, 5082 NL80211_PLINK_BLOCKED, 5083 5084 /* keep last */ 5085 NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES, 5086 MAX_NL80211_PLINK_STATES = NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES - 1 5087 }; 5088 5089 /** 5090 * enum nl80211_plink_action - actions to perform in mesh peers 5091 * 5092 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_NO_ACTION: perform no action 5093 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_OPEN: start mesh peer link establishment 5094 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_BLOCK: block traffic from this mesh peer 5095 * @NUM_NL80211_PLINK_ACTIONS: number of possible actions 5096 */ 5097 enum plink_actions { 5098 NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_NO_ACTION, 5099 NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_OPEN, 5100 NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_BLOCK, 5101 5102 NUM_NL80211_PLINK_ACTIONS, 5103 }; 5104 5105 5106 #define NL80211_KCK_LEN 16 5107 #define NL80211_KEK_LEN 16 5108 #define NL80211_REPLAY_CTR_LEN 8 5109 5110 /** 5111 * enum nl80211_rekey_data - attributes for GTK rekey offload 5112 * @__NL80211_REKEY_DATA_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes 5113 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KEK: key encryption key (binary) 5114 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KCK: key confirmation key (binary) 5115 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_REPLAY_CTR: replay counter (binary) 5116 * @NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA: number of rekey attributes (internal) 5117 * @MAX_NL80211_REKEY_DATA: highest rekey attribute (internal) 5118 */ 5119 enum nl80211_rekey_data { 5120 __NL80211_REKEY_DATA_INVALID, 5121 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KEK, 5122 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KCK, 5123 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_REPLAY_CTR, 5124 5125 /* keep last */ 5126 NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA, 5127 MAX_NL80211_REKEY_DATA = NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA - 1 5128 }; 5129 5130 /** 5131 * enum nl80211_hidden_ssid - values for %NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID 5132 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_NOT_IN_USE: do not hide SSID (i.e., broadcast it in 5133 * Beacon frames) 5134 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_LEN: hide SSID by using zero-length SSID element 5135 * in Beacon frames 5136 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_CONTENTS: hide SSID by using correct length of SSID 5137 * element in Beacon frames but zero out each byte in the SSID 5138 */ 5139 enum nl80211_hidden_ssid { 5140 NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_NOT_IN_USE, 5141 NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_LEN, 5142 NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_CONTENTS 5143 }; 5144 5145 /** 5146 * enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr - station WME attributes 5147 * @__NL80211_STA_WME_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute 5148 * @NL80211_STA_WME_UAPSD_QUEUES: bitmap of uapsd queues. the format 5149 * is the same as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field. 5150 * @NL80211_STA_WME_MAX_SP: max service period. the format is the same 5151 * as the MAX_SP field in the QoS info field (but already shifted down). 5152 * @__NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST: internal 5153 * @NL80211_STA_WME_MAX: highest station WME attribute 5154 */ 5155 enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr { 5156 __NL80211_STA_WME_INVALID, 5157 NL80211_STA_WME_UAPSD_QUEUES, 5158 NL80211_STA_WME_MAX_SP, 5159 5160 /* keep last */ 5161 __NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST, 5162 NL80211_STA_WME_MAX = __NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST - 1 5163 }; 5164 5165 /** 5166 * enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr - attributes for PMKSA caching candidates 5167 * @__NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes 5168 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INDEX: candidate index (u32; the smaller, the higher 5169 * priority) 5170 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_BSSID: candidate BSSID (6 octets) 5171 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_PREAUTH: RSN pre-authentication supported (flag) 5172 * @NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: number of PMKSA caching candidate attributes 5173 * (internal) 5174 * @MAX_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: highest PMKSA caching candidate attribute 5175 * (internal) 5176 */ 5177 enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr { 5178 __NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INVALID, 5179 NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INDEX, 5180 NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_BSSID, 5181 NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_PREAUTH, 5182 5183 /* keep last */ 5184 NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE, 5185 MAX_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE = NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE - 1 5186 }; 5187 5188 /** 5189 * enum nl80211_tdls_operation - values for %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION 5190 * @NL80211_TDLS_DISCOVERY_REQ: Send a TDLS discovery request 5191 * @NL80211_TDLS_SETUP: Setup TDLS link 5192 * @NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN: Teardown a TDLS link which is already established 5193 * @NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK: Enable TDLS link 5194 * @NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK: Disable TDLS link 5195 */ 5196 enum nl80211_tdls_operation { 5197 NL80211_TDLS_DISCOVERY_REQ, 5198 NL80211_TDLS_SETUP, 5199 NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN, 5200 NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK, 5201 NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK, 5202 }; 5203 5204 /* 5205 * enum nl80211_ap_sme_features - device-integrated AP features 5206 * Reserved for future use, no bits are defined in 5207 * NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME yet. 5208 enum nl80211_ap_sme_features { 5209 }; 5210 */ 5211 5212 /** 5213 * enum nl80211_feature_flags - device/driver features 5214 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SK_TX_STATUS: This driver supports reflecting back 5215 * TX status to the socket error queue when requested with the 5216 * socket option. 5217 * @NL80211_FEATURE_HT_IBSS: This driver supports IBSS with HT datarates. 5218 * @NL80211_FEATURE_INACTIVITY_TIMER: This driver takes care of freeing up 5219 * the connected inactive stations in AP mode. 5220 * @NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS: This driver has been tested 5221 * to work properly to suppport receiving regulatory hints from 5222 * cellular base stations. 5223 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_DEVICE_NEEDS_CHANNEL: (no longer available, only 5224 * here to reserve the value for API/ABI compatibility) 5225 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SAE: This driver supports simultaneous authentication of 5226 * equals (SAE) with user space SME (NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE) in station 5227 * mode 5228 * @NL80211_FEATURE_LOW_PRIORITY_SCAN: This driver supports low priority scan 5229 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH: Scan flush is supported 5230 * @NL80211_FEATURE_AP_SCAN: Support scanning using an AP vif 5231 * @NL80211_FEATURE_VIF_TXPOWER: The driver supports per-vif TX power setting 5232 * @NL80211_FEATURE_NEED_OBSS_SCAN: The driver expects userspace to perform 5233 * OBSS scans and generate 20/40 BSS coex reports. This flag is used only 5234 * for drivers implementing the CONNECT API, for AUTH/ASSOC it is implied. 5235 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_CTWIN: P2P GO implementation supports CT Window 5236 * setting 5237 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_OPPPS: P2P GO implementation supports opportunistic 5238 * powersave 5239 * @NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE: The driver supports full state 5240 * transitions for AP clients. Without this flag (and if the driver 5241 * doesn't have the AP SME in the device) the driver supports adding 5242 * stations only when they're associated and adds them in associated 5243 * state (to later be transitioned into authorized), with this flag 5244 * they should be added before even sending the authentication reply 5245 * and then transitioned into authenticated, associated and authorized 5246 * states using station flags. 5247 * Note that even for drivers that support this, the default is to add 5248 * stations in authenticated/associated state, so to add unauthenticated 5249 * stations the authenticated/associated bits have to be set in the mask. 5250 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ADVERTISE_CHAN_LIMITS: cfg80211 advertises channel limits 5251 * (HT40, VHT 80/160 MHz) if this flag is set 5252 * @NL80211_FEATURE_USERSPACE_MPM: This driver supports a userspace Mesh 5253 * Peering Management entity which may be implemented by registering for 5254 * beacons or NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE events. The mesh beacon is 5255 * still generated by the driver. 5256 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ACTIVE_MONITOR: This driver supports an active monitor 5257 * interface. An active monitor interface behaves like a normal monitor 5258 * interface, but gets added to the driver. It ensures that incoming 5259 * unicast packets directed at the configured interface address get ACKed. 5260 * @NL80211_FEATURE_AP_MODE_CHAN_WIDTH_CHANGE: This driver supports dynamic 5261 * channel bandwidth change (e.g., HT 20 <-> 40 MHz channel) during the 5262 * lifetime of a BSS. 5263 * @NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES: This device adds a DS Parameter 5264 * Set IE to probe requests. 5265 * @NL80211_FEATURE_WFA_TPC_IE_IN_PROBES: This device adds a WFA TPC Report IE 5266 * to probe requests. 5267 * @NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET: This device, in client mode, supports Quiet Period 5268 * requests sent to it by an AP. 5269 * @NL80211_FEATURE_TX_POWER_INSERTION: This device is capable of inserting the 5270 * current tx power value into the TPC Report IE in the spectrum 5271 * management TPC Report action frame, and in the Radio Measurement Link 5272 * Measurement Report action frame. 5273 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION: This driver supports dynamic ACK timeout 5274 * estimation (dynack). %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK flag attribute is used 5275 * to enable dynack. 5276 * @NL80211_FEATURE_STATIC_SMPS: Device supports static spatial 5277 * multiplexing powersave, ie. can turn off all but one chain 5278 * even on HT connections that should be using more chains. 5279 * @NL80211_FEATURE_DYNAMIC_SMPS: Device supports dynamic spatial 5280 * multiplexing powersave, ie. can turn off all but one chain 5281 * and then wake the rest up as required after, for example, 5282 * rts/cts handshake. 5283 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SUPPORTS_WMM_ADMISSION: the device supports setting up WMM 5284 * TSPEC sessions (TID aka TSID 0-7) with the %NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS 5285 * command. Standard IEEE 802.11 TSPEC setup is not yet supported, it 5286 * needs to be able to handle Block-Ack agreements and other things. 5287 * @NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE: Device supports configuring 5288 * the vif's MAC address upon creation. 5289 * See 'macaddr' field in the vif_params (cfg80211.h). 5290 * @NL80211_FEATURE_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Driver supports channel switching when 5291 * operating as a TDLS peer. 5292 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports using a 5293 * random MAC address during scan (if the device is unassociated); the 5294 * %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR flag may be set for scans and the MAC 5295 * address mask/value will be used. 5296 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports 5297 * using a random MAC address for every scan iteration during scheduled 5298 * scan (while not associated), the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR may 5299 * be set for scheduled scan and the MAC address mask/value will be used. 5300 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ND_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports using a 5301 * random MAC address for every scan iteration during "net detect", i.e. 5302 * scan in unassociated WoWLAN, the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR may 5303 * be set for scheduled scan and the MAC address mask/value will be used. 5304 */ 5305 enum nl80211_feature_flags { 5306 NL80211_FEATURE_SK_TX_STATUS = 1 << 0, 5307 NL80211_FEATURE_HT_IBSS = 1 << 1, 5308 NL80211_FEATURE_INACTIVITY_TIMER = 1 << 2, 5309 NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS = 1 << 3, 5310 NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_DEVICE_NEEDS_CHANNEL = 1 << 4, 5311 NL80211_FEATURE_SAE = 1 << 5, 5312 NL80211_FEATURE_LOW_PRIORITY_SCAN = 1 << 6, 5313 NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH = 1 << 7, 5314 NL80211_FEATURE_AP_SCAN = 1 << 8, 5315 NL80211_FEATURE_VIF_TXPOWER = 1 << 9, 5316 NL80211_FEATURE_NEED_OBSS_SCAN = 1 << 10, 5317 NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_CTWIN = 1 << 11, 5318 NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_OPPPS = 1 << 12, 5319 /* bit 13 is reserved */ 5320 NL80211_FEATURE_ADVERTISE_CHAN_LIMITS = 1 << 14, 5321 NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE = 1 << 15, 5322 NL80211_FEATURE_USERSPACE_MPM = 1 << 16, 5323 NL80211_FEATURE_ACTIVE_MONITOR = 1 << 17, 5324 NL80211_FEATURE_AP_MODE_CHAN_WIDTH_CHANGE = 1 << 18, 5325 NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES = 1 << 19, 5326 NL80211_FEATURE_WFA_TPC_IE_IN_PROBES = 1 << 20, 5327 NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET = 1 << 21, 5328 NL80211_FEATURE_TX_POWER_INSERTION = 1 << 22, 5329 NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION = 1 << 23, 5330 NL80211_FEATURE_STATIC_SMPS = 1 << 24, 5331 NL80211_FEATURE_DYNAMIC_SMPS = 1 << 25, 5332 NL80211_FEATURE_SUPPORTS_WMM_ADMISSION = 1 << 26, 5333 NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE = 1 << 27, 5334 NL80211_FEATURE_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH = 1 << 28, 5335 NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1 << 29, 5336 NL80211_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1 << 30, 5337 NL80211_FEATURE_ND_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1U << 31, 5338 }; 5339 5340 /** 5341 * enum nl80211_ext_feature_index - bit index of extended features. 5342 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VHT_IBSS: This driver supports IBSS with VHT datarates. 5343 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM: This driver supports RRM. When featured, user can 5344 * can request to use RRM (see %NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM) with 5345 * %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests, which will set 5346 * the ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM flag in the association request even if 5347 * NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET is not advertized. 5348 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MU_MIMO_AIR_SNIFFER: This device supports MU-MIMO air 5349 * sniffer which means that it can be configured to hear packets from 5350 * certain groups which can be configured by the 5351 * %NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA attribute, 5352 * or can be configured to follow a station by configuring the 5353 * %NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR attribute. 5354 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_START_TIME: This driver includes the actual 5355 * time the scan started in scan results event. The time is the TSF of 5356 * the BSS that the interface that requested the scan is connected to 5357 * (if available). 5358 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_PARENT_TSF: Per BSS, this driver reports the 5359 * time the last beacon/probe was received. The time is the TSF of the 5360 * BSS that the interface that requested the scan is connected to 5361 * (if available). 5362 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SET_SCAN_DWELL: This driver supports configuration of 5363 * channel dwell time. 5364 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY: Driver supports beacon rate 5365 * configuration (AP/mesh), supporting a legacy (non HT/VHT) rate. 5366 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT: Driver supports beacon rate 5367 * configuration (AP/mesh) with HT rates. 5368 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT: Driver supports beacon rate 5369 * configuration (AP/mesh) with VHT rates. 5370 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_STA: This driver supports Fast Initial Link Setup 5371 * with user space SME (NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE) in station mode. 5372 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA: This driver supports randomized TA 5373 * in @NL80211_CMD_FRAME while not associated. 5374 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA_CONNECTED: This driver supports 5375 * randomized TA in @NL80211_CMD_FRAME while associated. 5376 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI: The driver supports sched_scan 5377 * for reporting BSSs with better RSSI than the current connected BSS 5378 * (%NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI). 5379 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST: With this driver the 5380 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD attribute accepts a list of zero or more 5381 * RSSI threshold values to monitor rather than exactly one threshold. 5382 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD: Driver SME supports FILS shared key 5383 * authentication with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. 5384 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK: Device wants to do 4-way 5385 * handshake with PSK in station mode (PSK is passed as part of the connect 5386 * and associate commands), doing it in the host might not be supported. 5387 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X: Device wants to do doing 4-way 5388 * handshake with 802.1X in station mode (will pass EAP frames to the host 5389 * and accept the set_pmk/del_pmk commands), doing it in the host might not 5390 * be supported. 5391 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME: Driver is capable of overriding 5392 * the max channel attribute in the FILS request params IE with the 5393 * actual dwell time. 5394 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: Driver accepts broadcast probe 5395 * response 5396 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE: Driver supports sending 5397 * the first probe request in each channel at rate of at least 5.5Mbps. 5398 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION: Driver supports 5399 * probe request tx deferral and suppression 5400 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MFP_OPTIONAL: Driver supports the %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL 5401 * value in %NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP. 5402 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_SPAN_SCAN: Driver supports low span scan. 5403 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_POWER_SCAN: Driver supports low power scan. 5404 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_HIGH_ACCURACY_SCAN: Driver supports high accuracy scan. 5405 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD: HW/driver will offload DFS actions. 5406 * Device or driver will do all DFS-related actions by itself, 5407 * informing user-space about CAC progress, radar detection event, 5408 * channel change triggered by radar detection event. 5409 * No need to start CAC from user-space, no need to react to 5410 * "radar detected" event. 5411 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211: Driver supports sending and 5412 * receiving control port frames over nl80211 instead of the netdevice. 5413 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT: This driver/device supports 5414 * (average) ACK signal strength reporting. 5415 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_TXQS: Driver supports FQ-CoDel-enabled intermediate 5416 * TXQs. 5417 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_SN: Driver/device supports randomizing the 5418 * SN in probe request frames if requested by %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN. 5419 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT: Driver/device can omit all data 5420 * except for supported rates from the probe request content if requested 5421 * by the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT flag. 5422 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ENABLE_FTM_RESPONDER: Driver supports enabling fine 5423 * timing measurement responder role. 5424 * 5425 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CAN_REPLACE_PTK0: Driver/device confirm that they are 5426 * able to rekey an in-use key correctly. Userspace must not rekey PTK keys 5427 * if this flag is not set. Ignoring this can leak clear text packets and/or 5428 * freeze the connection. 5429 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID: Driver supports "Extended Key ID for 5430 * Individually Addressed Frames" from IEEE802.11-2016. 5431 * 5432 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AIRTIME_FAIRNESS: Driver supports getting airtime 5433 * fairness for transmitted packets and has enabled airtime fairness 5434 * scheduling. 5435 * 5436 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AP_PMKSA_CACHING: Driver/device supports PMKSA caching 5437 * (set/del PMKSA operations) in AP mode. 5438 * 5439 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_BAND_SPECIFIC_RSSI_THOLD: Driver supports 5440 * filtering of sched scan results using band specific RSSI thresholds. 5441 * 5442 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_STA_TX_PWR: This driver supports controlling tx power 5443 * to a station. 5444 * 5445 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD: Device wants to do SAE authentication in 5446 * station mode (SAE password is passed as part of the connect command). 5447 * 5448 * @NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES: number of extended features. 5449 * @MAX_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES: highest extended feature index. 5450 */ 5451 enum nl80211_ext_feature_index { 5452 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VHT_IBSS, 5453 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM, 5454 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MU_MIMO_AIR_SNIFFER, 5455 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_START_TIME, 5456 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_PARENT_TSF, 5457 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SET_SCAN_DWELL, 5458 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY, 5459 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT, 5460 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT, 5461 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_STA, 5462 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA, 5463 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA_CONNECTED, 5464 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI, 5465 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST, 5466 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD, 5467 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK, 5468 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X, 5469 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME, 5470 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP, 5471 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE, 5472 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION, 5473 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MFP_OPTIONAL, 5474 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_SPAN_SCAN, 5475 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_POWER_SCAN, 5476 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_HIGH_ACCURACY_SCAN, 5477 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD, 5478 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211, 5479 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT, 5480 /* we renamed this - stay compatible */ 5481 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DATA_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT = NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT, 5482 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_TXQS, 5483 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_SN, 5484 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT, 5485 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CAN_REPLACE_PTK0, 5486 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ENABLE_FTM_RESPONDER, 5487 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AIRTIME_FAIRNESS, 5488 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AP_PMKSA_CACHING, 5489 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_BAND_SPECIFIC_RSSI_THOLD, 5490 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID, 5491 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_STA_TX_PWR, 5492 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD, 5493 5494 /* add new features before the definition below */ 5495 NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES, 5496 MAX_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES = NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES - 1 5497 }; 5498 5499 /** 5500 * enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr - optional supported 5501 * protocols for probe-response offloading by the driver/FW. 5502 * To be used with the %NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD attribute. 5503 * Each enum value represents a bit in the bitmap of supported 5504 * protocols. Typically a subset of probe-requests belonging to a 5505 * supported protocol will be excluded from offload and uploaded 5506 * to the host. 5507 * 5508 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS: Support for WPS ver. 1 5509 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS2: Support for WPS ver. 2 5510 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_P2P: Support for P2P 5511 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_80211U: Support for 802.11u 5512 */ 5513 enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr { 5514 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS = 1<<0, 5515 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS2 = 1<<1, 5516 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_P2P = 1<<2, 5517 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_80211U = 1<<3, 5518 }; 5519 5520 /** 5521 * enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason - connection request failed reasons 5522 * @NL80211_CONN_FAIL_MAX_CLIENTS: Maximum number of clients that can be 5523 * handled by the AP is reached. 5524 * @NL80211_CONN_FAIL_BLOCKED_CLIENT: Connection request is rejected due to ACL. 5525 */ 5526 enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason { 5527 NL80211_CONN_FAIL_MAX_CLIENTS, 5528 NL80211_CONN_FAIL_BLOCKED_CLIENT, 5529 }; 5530 5531 /** 5532 * enum nl80211_timeout_reason - timeout reasons 5533 * 5534 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED: Timeout reason unspecified. 5535 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_SCAN: Scan (AP discovery) timed out. 5536 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_AUTH: Authentication timed out. 5537 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_ASSOC: Association timed out. 5538 */ 5539 enum nl80211_timeout_reason { 5540 NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED, 5541 NL80211_TIMEOUT_SCAN, 5542 NL80211_TIMEOUT_AUTH, 5543 NL80211_TIMEOUT_ASSOC, 5544 }; 5545 5546 /** 5547 * enum nl80211_scan_flags - scan request control flags 5548 * 5549 * Scan request control flags are used to control the handling 5550 * of NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN and NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN 5551 * requests. 5552 * 5553 * NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN, NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER, and 5554 * NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY flags are exclusive of each other, i.e., only 5555 * one of them can be used in the request. 5556 * 5557 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY: scan request has low priority 5558 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH: flush cache before scanning 5559 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_AP: force a scan even if the interface is configured 5560 * as AP and the beaconing has already been configured. This attribute is 5561 * dangerous because will destroy stations performance as a lot of frames 5562 * will be lost while scanning off-channel, therefore it must be used only 5563 * when really needed 5564 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR: use a random MAC address for this scan (or 5565 * for scheduled scan: a different one for every scan iteration). When the 5566 * flag is set, depending on device capabilities the @NL80211_ATTR_MAC and 5567 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK attributes may also be given in which case only 5568 * the masked bits will be preserved from the MAC address and the remainder 5569 * randomised. If the attributes are not given full randomisation (46 bits, 5570 * locally administered 1, multicast 0) is assumed. 5571 * This flag must not be requested when the feature isn't supported, check 5572 * the nl80211 feature flags for the device. 5573 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME: fill the dwell time in the FILS 5574 * request parameters IE in the probe request 5575 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: accept broadcast probe responses 5576 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE: send probe request frames at 5577 * rate of at least 5.5M. In case non OCE AP is discovered in the channel, 5578 * only the first probe req in the channel will be sent in high rate. 5579 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION: allow probe request 5580 * tx deferral (dot11FILSProbeDelay shall be set to 15ms) 5581 * and suppression (if it has received a broadcast Probe Response frame, 5582 * Beacon frame or FILS Discovery frame from an AP that the STA considers 5583 * a suitable candidate for (re-)association - suitable in terms of 5584 * SSID and/or RSSI. 5585 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN: Span corresponds to the total time taken to 5586 * accomplish the scan. Thus, this flag intends the driver to perform the 5587 * scan request with lesser span/duration. It is specific to the driver 5588 * implementations on how this is accomplished. Scan accuracy may get 5589 * impacted with this flag. 5590 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER: This flag intends the scan attempts to consume 5591 * optimal possible power. Drivers can resort to their specific means to 5592 * optimize the power. Scan accuracy may get impacted with this flag. 5593 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY: Accuracy here intends to the extent of scan 5594 * results obtained. Thus HIGH_ACCURACY scan flag aims to get maximum 5595 * possible scan results. This flag hints the driver to use the best 5596 * possible scan configuration to improve the accuracy in scanning. 5597 * Latency and power use may get impacted with this flag. 5598 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN: randomize the sequence number in probe 5599 * request frames from this scan to avoid correlation/tracking being 5600 * possible. 5601 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT: minimize probe request content to 5602 * only have supported rates and no additional capabilities (unless 5603 * added by userspace explicitly.) 5604 */ 5605 enum nl80211_scan_flags { 5606 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY = 1<<0, 5607 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH = 1<<1, 5608 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_AP = 1<<2, 5609 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR = 1<<3, 5610 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME = 1<<4, 5611 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP = 1<<5, 5612 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE = 1<<6, 5613 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION = 1<<7, 5614 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN = 1<<8, 5615 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER = 1<<9, 5616 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY = 1<<10, 5617 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN = 1<<11, 5618 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT = 1<<12, 5619 }; 5620 5621 /** 5622 * enum nl80211_acl_policy - access control policy 5623 * 5624 * Access control policy is applied on a MAC list set by 5625 * %NL80211_CMD_START_AP and %NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL, to 5626 * be used with %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY. 5627 * 5628 * @NL80211_ACL_POLICY_ACCEPT_UNLESS_LISTED: Deny stations which are 5629 * listed in ACL, i.e. allow all the stations which are not listed 5630 * in ACL to authenticate. 5631 * @NL80211_ACL_POLICY_DENY_UNLESS_LISTED: Allow the stations which are listed 5632 * in ACL, i.e. deny all the stations which are not listed in ACL. 5633 */ 5634 enum nl80211_acl_policy { 5635 NL80211_ACL_POLICY_ACCEPT_UNLESS_LISTED, 5636 NL80211_ACL_POLICY_DENY_UNLESS_LISTED, 5637 }; 5638 5639 /** 5640 * enum nl80211_smps_mode - SMPS mode 5641 * 5642 * Requested SMPS mode (for AP mode) 5643 * 5644 * @NL80211_SMPS_OFF: SMPS off (use all antennas). 5645 * @NL80211_SMPS_STATIC: static SMPS (use a single antenna) 5646 * @NL80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC: dynamic smps (start with a single antenna and 5647 * turn on other antennas after CTS/RTS). 5648 */ 5649 enum nl80211_smps_mode { 5650 NL80211_SMPS_OFF, 5651 NL80211_SMPS_STATIC, 5652 NL80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC, 5653 5654 __NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST, 5655 NL80211_SMPS_MAX = __NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST - 1 5656 }; 5657 5658 /** 5659 * enum nl80211_radar_event - type of radar event for DFS operation 5660 * 5661 * Type of event to be used with NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT to inform userspace 5662 * about detected radars or success of the channel available check (CAC) 5663 * 5664 * @NL80211_RADAR_DETECTED: A radar pattern has been detected. The channel is 5665 * now unusable. 5666 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_FINISHED: Channel Availability Check has been finished, 5667 * the channel is now available. 5668 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_ABORTED: Channel Availability Check has been aborted, no 5669 * change to the channel status. 5670 * @NL80211_RADAR_NOP_FINISHED: The Non-Occupancy Period for this channel is 5671 * over, channel becomes usable. 5672 * @NL80211_RADAR_PRE_CAC_EXPIRED: Channel Availability Check done on this 5673 * non-operating channel is expired and no longer valid. New CAC must 5674 * be done on this channel before starting the operation. This is not 5675 * applicable for ETSI dfs domain where pre-CAC is valid for ever. 5676 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_STARTED: Channel Availability Check has been started, 5677 * should be generated by HW if NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD is enabled. 5678 */ 5679 enum nl80211_radar_event { 5680 NL80211_RADAR_DETECTED, 5681 NL80211_RADAR_CAC_FINISHED, 5682 NL80211_RADAR_CAC_ABORTED, 5683 NL80211_RADAR_NOP_FINISHED, 5684 NL80211_RADAR_PRE_CAC_EXPIRED, 5685 NL80211_RADAR_CAC_STARTED, 5686 }; 5687 5688 /** 5689 * enum nl80211_dfs_state - DFS states for channels 5690 * 5691 * Channel states used by the DFS code. 5692 * 5693 * @NL80211_DFS_USABLE: The channel can be used, but channel availability 5694 * check (CAC) must be performed before using it for AP or IBSS. 5695 * @NL80211_DFS_UNAVAILABLE: A radar has been detected on this channel, it 5696 * is therefore marked as not available. 5697 * @NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE: The channel has been CAC checked and is available. 5698 */ 5699 enum nl80211_dfs_state { 5700 NL80211_DFS_USABLE, 5701 NL80211_DFS_UNAVAILABLE, 5702 NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE, 5703 }; 5704 5705 /** 5706 * enum enum nl80211_protocol_features - nl80211 protocol features 5707 * @NL80211_PROTOCOL_FEATURE_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP: nl80211 supports splitting 5708 * wiphy dumps (if requested by the application with the attribute 5709 * %NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP. Also supported is filtering the 5710 * wiphy dump by %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX or 5711 * %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV. 5712 */ 5713 enum nl80211_protocol_features { 5714 NL80211_PROTOCOL_FEATURE_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP = 1 << 0, 5715 }; 5716 5717 /** 5718 * enum nl80211_crit_proto_id - nl80211 critical protocol identifiers 5719 * 5720 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_UNSPEC: protocol unspecified. 5721 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_DHCP: BOOTP or DHCPv6 protocol. 5722 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_EAPOL: EAPOL protocol. 5723 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_APIPA: APIPA protocol. 5724 * @NUM_NL80211_CRIT_PROTO: must be kept last. 5725 */ 5726 enum nl80211_crit_proto_id { 5727 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_UNSPEC, 5728 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_DHCP, 5729 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_EAPOL, 5730 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_APIPA, 5731 /* add other protocols before this one */ 5732 NUM_NL80211_CRIT_PROTO 5733 }; 5734 5735 /* maximum duration for critical protocol measures */ 5736 #define NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_MAX_DURATION 5000 /* msec */ 5737 5738 /** 5739 * enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags - flags for received management frame. 5740 * 5741 * Used by cfg80211_rx_mgmt() 5742 * 5743 * @NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_ANSWERED: frame was answered by device/driver. 5744 * @NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_EXTERNAL_AUTH: Host driver intends to offload 5745 * the authentication. Exclusively defined for host drivers that 5746 * advertises the SME functionality but would like the userspace 5747 * to handle certain authentication algorithms (e.g. SAE). 5748 */ 5749 enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags { 5750 NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_ANSWERED = 1 << 0, 5751 NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_EXTERNAL_AUTH = 1 << 1, 5752 }; 5753 5754 /* 5755 * If this flag is unset, the lower 24 bits are an OUI, if set 5756 * a Linux nl80211 vendor ID is used (no such IDs are allocated 5757 * yet, so that's not valid so far) 5758 */ 5759 #define NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX 0x80000000 5760 5761 /** 5762 * struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info - vendor command data 5763 * @vendor_id: If the %NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX flag is clear, then the 5764 * value is a 24-bit OUI; if it is set then a separately allocated ID 5765 * may be used, but no such IDs are allocated yet. New IDs should be 5766 * added to this file when needed. 5767 * @subcmd: sub-command ID for the command 5768 */ 5769 struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info { 5770 __u32 vendor_id; 5771 __u32 subcmd; 5772 }; 5773 5774 /** 5775 * enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability - TDLS peer flags. 5776 * 5777 * Used by tdls_mgmt() to determine which conditional elements need 5778 * to be added to TDLS Setup frames. 5779 * 5780 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HT: TDLS peer is HT capable. 5781 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_VHT: TDLS peer is VHT capable. 5782 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_WMM: TDLS peer is WMM capable. 5783 */ 5784 enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability { 5785 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HT = 1<<0, 5786 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_VHT = 1<<1, 5787 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_WMM = 1<<2, 5788 }; 5789 5790 /** 5791 * enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan - scanning plan for scheduled scan 5792 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 5793 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL: interval between scan iterations. In 5794 * seconds (u32). 5795 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS: number of scan iterations in this 5796 * scan plan (u32). The last scan plan must not specify this attribute 5797 * because it will run infinitely. A value of zero is invalid as it will 5798 * make the scan plan meaningless. 5799 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_MAX: highest scheduled scan plan attribute number 5800 * currently defined 5801 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST: internal use 5802 */ 5803 enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan { 5804 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INVALID, 5805 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL, 5806 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS, 5807 5808 /* keep last */ 5809 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST, 5810 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_MAX = 5811 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST - 1 5812 }; 5813 5814 /** 5815 * struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust - RSSI adjustment parameters. 5816 * 5817 * @band: band of BSS that must match for RSSI value adjustment. The value 5818 * of this field is according to &enum nl80211_band. 5819 * @delta: value used to adjust the RSSI value of matching BSS in dB. 5820 */ 5821 struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust { 5822 __u8 band; 5823 __s8 delta; 5824 } __attribute__((packed)); 5825 5826 /** 5827 * enum nl80211_bss_select_attr - attributes for bss selection. 5828 * 5829 * @__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_INVALID: reserved. 5830 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI: Flag indicating only RSSI-based BSS selection 5831 * is requested. 5832 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF: attribute indicating BSS 5833 * selection should be done such that the specified band is preferred. 5834 * When there are multiple BSS-es in the preferred band, the driver 5835 * shall use RSSI-based BSS selection as a second step. The value of 5836 * this attribute is according to &enum nl80211_band (u32). 5837 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for 5838 * BSS-es in the specified band is to be adjusted before doing 5839 * RSSI-based BSS selection. The attribute value is a packed structure 5840 * value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust. 5841 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_MAX: highest bss select attribute number. 5842 * @__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use. 5843 * 5844 * One and only one of these attributes are found within %NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT 5845 * for %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. It specifies the required BSS selection behaviour 5846 * which the driver shall use. 5847 */ 5848 enum nl80211_bss_select_attr { 5849 __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_INVALID, 5850 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI, 5851 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF, 5852 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST, 5853 5854 /* keep last */ 5855 __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 5856 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 5857 }; 5858 5859 /** 5860 * enum nl80211_nan_function_type - NAN function type 5861 * 5862 * Defines the function type of a NAN function 5863 * 5864 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH: function is publish 5865 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE: function is subscribe 5866 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP: function is follow-up 5867 */ 5868 enum nl80211_nan_function_type { 5869 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH, 5870 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE, 5871 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP, 5872 5873 /* keep last */ 5874 __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE_AFTER_LAST, 5875 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_MAX_TYPE = __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE_AFTER_LAST - 1, 5876 }; 5877 5878 /** 5879 * enum nl80211_nan_publish_type - NAN publish tx type 5880 * 5881 * Defines how to send publish Service Discovery Frames 5882 * 5883 * @NL80211_NAN_SOLICITED_PUBLISH: publish function is solicited 5884 * @NL80211_NAN_UNSOLICITED_PUBLISH: publish function is unsolicited 5885 */ 5886 enum nl80211_nan_publish_type { 5887 NL80211_NAN_SOLICITED_PUBLISH = 1 << 0, 5888 NL80211_NAN_UNSOLICITED_PUBLISH = 1 << 1, 5889 }; 5890 5891 /** 5892 * enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason - NAN functions termination reason 5893 * 5894 * Defines termination reasons of a NAN function 5895 * 5896 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST: requested by user 5897 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_TTL_EXPIRED: timeout 5898 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_ERROR: errored 5899 */ 5900 enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason { 5901 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST, 5902 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_TTL_EXPIRED, 5903 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_ERROR, 5904 }; 5905 5906 #define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID_LEN 6 5907 #define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_SPEC_INFO_MAX_LEN 0xff 5908 #define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF_MAX_LEN 0xff 5909 5910 /** 5911 * enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes - NAN function attributes 5912 * @__NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INVALID: invalid 5913 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE: &enum nl80211_nan_function_type (u8). 5914 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID: 6 bytes of the service ID hash as 5915 * specified in NAN spec. This is a binary attribute. 5916 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_TYPE: relevant if the function's type is 5917 * publish. Defines the transmission type for the publish Service Discovery 5918 * Frame, see &enum nl80211_nan_publish_type. Its type is u8. 5919 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_BCAST: relevant if the function is a solicited 5920 * publish. Should the solicited publish Service Discovery Frame be sent to 5921 * the NAN Broadcast address. This is a flag. 5922 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE_ACTIVE: relevant if the function's type is 5923 * subscribe. Is the subscribe active. This is a flag. 5924 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_ID: relevant if the function's type is follow up. 5925 * The instance ID for the follow up Service Discovery Frame. This is u8. 5926 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_REQ_ID: relevant if the function's type 5927 * is follow up. This is a u8. 5928 * The requestor instance ID for the follow up Service Discovery Frame. 5929 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_DEST: the MAC address of the recipient of the 5930 * follow up Service Discovery Frame. This is a binary attribute. 5931 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_CLOSE_RANGE: is this function limited for devices in a 5932 * close range. The range itself (RSSI) is defined by the device. 5933 * This is a flag. 5934 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TTL: strictly positive number of DWs this function should 5935 * stay active. If not present infinite TTL is assumed. This is a u32. 5936 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_INFO: array of bytes describing the service 5937 * specific info. This is a binary attribute. 5938 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF: Service Receive Filter. This is a nested attribute. 5939 * See &enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes. 5940 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_RX_MATCH_FILTER: Receive Matching filter. This is a nested 5941 * attribute. It is a list of binary values. 5942 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TX_MATCH_FILTER: Transmit Matching filter. This is a 5943 * nested attribute. It is a list of binary values. 5944 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INSTANCE_ID: The instance ID of the function. 5945 * Its type is u8 and it cannot be 0. 5946 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON: NAN function termination reason. 5947 * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason. 5948 * 5949 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR: internal 5950 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN function attribute 5951 */ 5952 enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes { 5953 __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INVALID, 5954 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE, 5955 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID, 5956 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_TYPE, 5957 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_BCAST, 5958 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE_ACTIVE, 5959 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_ID, 5960 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_REQ_ID, 5961 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_DEST, 5962 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_CLOSE_RANGE, 5963 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TTL, 5964 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_INFO, 5965 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF, 5966 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_RX_MATCH_FILTER, 5967 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TX_MATCH_FILTER, 5968 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INSTANCE_ID, 5969 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON, 5970 5971 /* keep last */ 5972 NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR, 5973 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR - 1 5974 }; 5975 5976 /** 5977 * enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes - NAN Service Response filter attributes 5978 * @__NL80211_NAN_SRF_INVALID: invalid 5979 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_INCLUDE: present if the include bit of the SRF set. 5980 * This is a flag. 5981 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF: Bloom Filter. Present if and only if 5982 * %NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS isn't present. This attribute is binary. 5983 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF_IDX: index of the Bloom Filter. Mandatory if 5984 * %NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF is present. This is a u8. 5985 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS: list of MAC addresses for the SRF. Present if 5986 * and only if %NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF isn't present. This is a nested 5987 * attribute. Each nested attribute is a MAC address. 5988 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR: internal 5989 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN SRF attribute 5990 */ 5991 enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes { 5992 __NL80211_NAN_SRF_INVALID, 5993 NL80211_NAN_SRF_INCLUDE, 5994 NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF, 5995 NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF_IDX, 5996 NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS, 5997 5998 /* keep last */ 5999 NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR, 6000 NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR - 1, 6001 }; 6002 6003 /** 6004 * enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes - NAN match attributes 6005 * @__NL80211_NAN_MATCH_INVALID: invalid 6006 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_LOCAL: the local function that had the 6007 * match. This is a nested attribute. 6008 * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes. 6009 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_PEER: the peer function 6010 * that caused the match. This is a nested attribute. 6011 * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes. 6012 * 6013 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR: internal 6014 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN match attribute 6015 */ 6016 enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes { 6017 __NL80211_NAN_MATCH_INVALID, 6018 NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_LOCAL, 6019 NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_PEER, 6020 6021 /* keep last */ 6022 NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR, 6023 NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR - 1 6024 }; 6025 6026 /** 6027 * nl80211_external_auth_action - Action to perform with external 6028 * authentication request. Used by NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION. 6029 * @NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_START: Start the authentication. 6030 * @NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ABORT: Abort the ongoing authentication. 6031 */ 6032 enum nl80211_external_auth_action { 6033 NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_START, 6034 NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ABORT, 6035 }; 6036 6037 /** 6038 * enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attributes - fine timing measurement 6039 * responder attributes 6040 * @__NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid 6041 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_ENABLED: FTM responder is enabled 6042 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI: The content of Measurement Report Element 6043 * (9.4.2.22 in 802.11-2016) with type 8 - LCI (9.4.2.22.10), 6044 * i.e. starting with the measurement token 6045 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVIC: The content of Measurement Report Element 6046 * (9.4.2.22 in 802.11-2016) with type 11 - Civic (Section 9.4.2.22.13), 6047 * i.e. starting with the measurement token 6048 * @__NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST: Internal 6049 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest FTM responder attribute. 6050 */ 6051 enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attributes { 6052 __NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID, 6053 6054 NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_ENABLED, 6055 NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI, 6056 NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC, 6057 6058 /* keep last */ 6059 __NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST, 6060 NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST - 1, 6061 }; 6062 6063 /* 6064 * enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats - FTM responder statistics 6065 * 6066 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS 6067 * when getting FTM responder statistics. 6068 * 6069 * @__NL80211_FTM_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 6070 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_SUCCESS_NUM: number of FTM sessions in which all frames 6071 * were ssfully answered (u32) 6072 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_PARTIAL_NUM: number of FTM sessions in which part of the 6073 * frames were successfully answered (u32) 6074 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_FAILED_NUM: number of failed FTM sessions (u32) 6075 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_ASAP_NUM: number of ASAP sessions (u32) 6076 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_NON_ASAP_NUM: number of non-ASAP sessions (u32) 6077 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_TOTAL_DURATION_MSEC: total sessions durations - gives an 6078 * indication of how much time the responder was busy (u64, msec) 6079 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_UNKNOWN_TRIGGERS_NUM: number of unknown FTM triggers - 6080 * triggers from initiators that didn't finish successfully the negotiation 6081 * phase with the responder (u32) 6082 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_RESCHEDULE_REQUESTS_NUM: number of FTM reschedule requests 6083 * - initiator asks for a new scheduling although it already has scheduled 6084 * FTM slot (u32) 6085 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_OUT_OF_WINDOW_TRIGGERS_NUM: number of FTM triggers out of 6086 * scheduled window (u32) 6087 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_PAD: used for padding, ignore 6088 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal 6089 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_MAX: highest possible FTM responder stats attribute 6090 */ 6091 enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats { 6092 __NL80211_FTM_STATS_INVALID, 6093 NL80211_FTM_STATS_SUCCESS_NUM, 6094 NL80211_FTM_STATS_PARTIAL_NUM, 6095 NL80211_FTM_STATS_FAILED_NUM, 6096 NL80211_FTM_STATS_ASAP_NUM, 6097 NL80211_FTM_STATS_NON_ASAP_NUM, 6098 NL80211_FTM_STATS_TOTAL_DURATION_MSEC, 6099 NL80211_FTM_STATS_UNKNOWN_TRIGGERS_NUM, 6100 NL80211_FTM_STATS_RESCHEDULE_REQUESTS_NUM, 6101 NL80211_FTM_STATS_OUT_OF_WINDOW_TRIGGERS_NUM, 6102 NL80211_FTM_STATS_PAD, 6103 6104 /* keep last */ 6105 __NL80211_FTM_STATS_AFTER_LAST, 6106 NL80211_FTM_STATS_MAX = __NL80211_FTM_STATS_AFTER_LAST - 1 6107 }; 6108 6109 /** 6110 * enum nl80211_preamble - frame preamble types 6111 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_LEGACY: legacy (HR/DSSS, OFDM, ERP PHY) preamble 6112 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_HT: HT preamble 6113 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_VHT: VHT preamble 6114 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_DMG: DMG preamble 6115 */ 6116 enum nl80211_preamble { 6117 NL80211_PREAMBLE_LEGACY, 6118 NL80211_PREAMBLE_HT, 6119 NL80211_PREAMBLE_VHT, 6120 NL80211_PREAMBLE_DMG, 6121 }; 6122 6123 /** 6124 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_type - peer measurement types 6125 * @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_INVALID: invalid/unused, needed as we use 6126 * these numbers also for attributes 6127 * 6128 * @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_FTM: flight time measurement 6129 * 6130 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES: internal 6131 * @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_MAX: highest type number 6132 */ 6133 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_type { 6134 NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_INVALID, 6135 6136 NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_FTM, 6137 6138 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES, 6139 NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES - 1 6140 }; 6141 6142 /** 6143 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status - peer measurement status 6144 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_SUCCESS: measurement completed successfully 6145 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_REFUSED: measurement was locally refused 6146 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_TIMEOUT: measurement timed out 6147 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_FAILURE: measurement failed, a type-dependent 6148 * reason may be available in the response data 6149 */ 6150 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status { 6151 NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_SUCCESS, 6152 NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_REFUSED, 6153 NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_TIMEOUT, 6154 NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_FAILURE, 6155 }; 6156 6157 /** 6158 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req - peer measurement request attributes 6159 * @__NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_INVALID: invalid 6160 * 6161 * @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_DATA: This is a nested attribute with measurement 6162 * type-specific request data inside. The attributes used are from the 6163 * enums named nl80211_peer_measurement_<type>_req. 6164 * @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_GET_AP_TSF: include AP TSF timestamp, if supported 6165 * (flag attribute) 6166 * 6167 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS: internal 6168 * @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number 6169 */ 6170 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req { 6171 __NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_INVALID, 6172 6173 NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_DATA, 6174 NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_GET_AP_TSF, 6175 6176 /* keep last */ 6177 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS, 6178 NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS - 1 6179 }; 6180 6181 /** 6182 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp - peer measurement response attributes 6183 * @__NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: invalid 6184 * 6185 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_DATA: This is a nested attribute with measurement 6186 * type-specific results inside. The attributes used are from the enums 6187 * named nl80211_peer_measurement_<type>_resp. 6188 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_STATUS: u32 value with the measurement status 6189 * (using values from &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status.) 6190 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_HOST_TIME: host time (%CLOCK_BOOTTIME) when the 6191 * result was measured; this value is not expected to be accurate to 6192 * more than 20ms. (u64, nanoseconds) 6193 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_AP_TSF: TSF of the AP that the interface 6194 * doing the measurement is connected to when the result was measured. 6195 * This shall be accurately reported if supported and requested 6196 * (u64, usec) 6197 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_FINAL: If results are sent to the host partially 6198 * (*e.g. with FTM per-burst data) this flag will be cleared on all but 6199 * the last result; if all results are combined it's set on the single 6200 * result. 6201 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_PAD: padding for 64-bit attributes, ignore 6202 * 6203 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTRS: internal 6204 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number 6205 */ 6206 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp { 6207 __NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_INVALID, 6208 6209 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_DATA, 6210 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_STATUS, 6211 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_HOST_TIME, 6212 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_AP_TSF, 6213 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_FINAL, 6214 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_PAD, 6215 6216 /* keep last */ 6217 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTRS, 6218 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTRS - 1 6219 }; 6220 6221 /** 6222 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_peer_attrs - peer attributes for measurement 6223 * @__NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_INVALID: invalid 6224 * 6225 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_ADDR: peer's MAC address 6226 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_CHAN: channel definition, nested, using top-level 6227 * attributes like %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ etc. 6228 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_REQ: This is a nested attribute indexed by 6229 * measurement type, with attributes from the 6230 * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req inside. 6231 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_RESP: This is a nested attribute indexed by 6232 * measurement type, with attributes from the 6233 * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp inside. 6234 * 6235 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTRS: internal 6236 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number 6237 */ 6238 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_peer_attrs { 6239 __NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_INVALID, 6240 6241 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_ADDR, 6242 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_CHAN, 6243 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_REQ, 6244 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_RESP, 6245 6246 /* keep last */ 6247 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTRS, 6248 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTRS - 1, 6249 }; 6250 6251 /** 6252 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs - peer measurement attributes 6253 * @__NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_INVALID: invalid 6254 * 6255 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX_PEERS: u32 attribute used for capability 6256 * advertisement only, indicates the maximum number of peers 6257 * measurements can be done with in a single request 6258 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_REPORT_AP_TSF: flag attribute in capability 6259 * indicating that the connected AP's TSF can be reported in 6260 * measurement results 6261 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_RANDOMIZE_MAC_ADDR: flag attribute in capability 6262 * indicating that MAC address randomization is supported. 6263 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_TYPE_CAPA: capabilities reported by the device, 6264 * this contains a nesting indexed by measurement type, and 6265 * type-specific capabilities inside, which are from the enums 6266 * named nl80211_peer_measurement_<type>_capa. 6267 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_PEERS: nested attribute, the nesting index is 6268 * meaningless, just a list of peers to measure with, with the 6269 * sub-attributes taken from 6270 * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_peer_attrs. 6271 * 6272 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_ATTR: internal 6273 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number 6274 */ 6275 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs { 6276 __NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_INVALID, 6277 6278 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX_PEERS, 6279 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_REPORT_AP_TSF, 6280 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_RANDOMIZE_MAC_ADDR, 6281 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_TYPE_CAPA, 6282 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_PEERS, 6283 6284 /* keep last */ 6285 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_ATTR, 6286 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_ATTR - 1 6287 }; 6288 6289 /** 6290 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_capa - FTM capabilities 6291 * @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_INVALID: invalid 6292 * 6293 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_ASAP: flag attribute indicating ASAP mode 6294 * is supported 6295 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_ASAP: flag attribute indicating non-ASAP 6296 * mode is supported 6297 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_LCI: flag attribute indicating if LCI 6298 * data can be requested during the measurement 6299 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_CIVICLOC: flag attribute indicating if civic 6300 * location data can be requested during the measurement 6301 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_PREAMBLES: u32 bitmap attribute of bits 6302 * from &enum nl80211_preamble. 6303 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_BANDWIDTHS: bitmap of values from 6304 * &enum nl80211_chan_width indicating the supported channel 6305 * bandwidths for FTM. Note that a higher channel bandwidth may be 6306 * configured to allow for other measurements types with different 6307 * bandwidth requirement in the same measurement. 6308 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_BURSTS_EXPONENT: u32 attribute indicating 6309 * the maximum bursts exponent that can be used (if not present anything 6310 * is valid) 6311 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_FTMS_PER_BURST: u32 attribute indicating 6312 * the maximum FTMs per burst (if not present anything is valid) 6313 * 6314 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR: internal 6315 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number 6316 */ 6317 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_capa { 6318 __NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_INVALID, 6319 6320 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_ASAP, 6321 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_ASAP, 6322 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_LCI, 6323 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_CIVICLOC, 6324 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_PREAMBLES, 6325 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_BANDWIDTHS, 6326 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_BURSTS_EXPONENT, 6327 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_FTMS_PER_BURST, 6328 6329 /* keep last */ 6330 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR, 6331 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR - 1 6332 }; 6333 6334 /** 6335 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_req - FTM request attributes 6336 * @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_INVALID: invalid 6337 * 6338 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_ASAP: ASAP mode requested (flag) 6339 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_PREAMBLE: preamble type (see 6340 * &enum nl80211_preamble), optional for DMG (u32) 6341 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP: number of bursts exponent as in 6342 * 802.11-2016 9.4.2.168 "Fine Timing Measurement Parameters element" 6343 * (u8, 0-15, optional with default 15 i.e. "no preference") 6344 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_PERIOD: interval between bursts in units 6345 * of 100ms (u16, optional with default 0) 6346 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_DURATION: burst duration, as in 802.11-2016 6347 * Table 9-257 "Burst Duration field encoding" (u8, 0-15, optional with 6348 * default 15 i.e. "no preference") 6349 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST: number of successful FTM frames 6350 * requested per burst 6351 * (u8, 0-31, optional with default 0 i.e. "no preference") 6352 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_RETRIES: number of FTMR frame retries 6353 * (u8, default 3) 6354 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_LCI: request LCI data (flag) 6355 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_CIVICLOC: request civic location data 6356 * (flag) 6357 * 6358 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR: internal 6359 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number 6360 */ 6361 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_req { 6362 __NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_INVALID, 6363 6364 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_ASAP, 6365 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_PREAMBLE, 6366 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP, 6367 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_PERIOD, 6368 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_DURATION, 6369 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST, 6370 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_RETRIES, 6371 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_LCI, 6372 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_CIVICLOC, 6373 6374 /* keep last */ 6375 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR, 6376 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR - 1 6377 }; 6378 6379 /** 6380 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_failure_reasons - FTM failure reasons 6381 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_UNSPECIFIED: unspecified failure, not used 6382 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_NO_RESPONSE: no response from the FTM responder 6383 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_REJECTED: FTM responder rejected measurement 6384 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_WRONG_CHANNEL: we already know the peer is 6385 * on a different channel, so can't measure (if we didn't know, we'd 6386 * try and get no response) 6387 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_NOT_CAPABLE: peer can't actually do FTM 6388 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_INVALID_TIMESTAMP: invalid T1/T4 timestamps 6389 * received 6390 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_BUSY: peer reports busy, you may retry 6391 * later (see %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BUSY_RETRY_TIME) 6392 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_BAD_CHANGED_PARAMS: parameters were changed 6393 * by the peer and are no longer supported 6394 */ 6395 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_failure_reasons { 6396 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_UNSPECIFIED, 6397 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_NO_RESPONSE, 6398 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_REJECTED, 6399 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_WRONG_CHANNEL, 6400 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_NOT_CAPABLE, 6401 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_INVALID_TIMESTAMP, 6402 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_BUSY, 6403 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_BAD_CHANGED_PARAMS, 6404 }; 6405 6406 /** 6407 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_resp - FTM response attributes 6408 * @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: invalid 6409 * 6410 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FAIL_REASON: FTM-specific failure reason 6411 * (u32, optional) 6412 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_INDEX: optional, if bursts are reported 6413 * as separate results then it will be the burst index 0...(N-1) and 6414 * the top level will indicate partial results (u32) 6415 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_ATTEMPTS: number of FTM Request frames 6416 * transmitted (u32, optional) 6417 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_SUCCESSES: number of FTM Request frames 6418 * that were acknowleged (u32, optional) 6419 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BUSY_RETRY_TIME: retry time received from the 6420 * busy peer (u32, seconds) 6421 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP: actual number of bursts exponent 6422 * used by the responder (similar to request, u8) 6423 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_DURATION: actual burst duration used by 6424 * the responder (similar to request, u8) 6425 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST: actual FTMs per burst used 6426 * by the responder (similar to request, u8) 6427 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_AVG: average RSSI across all FTM action 6428 * frames (optional, s32, 1/2 dBm) 6429 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_SPREAD: RSSI spread across all FTM action 6430 * frames (optional, s32, 1/2 dBm) 6431 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_TX_RATE: bitrate we used for the response to the 6432 * FTM action frame (optional, nested, using &enum nl80211_rate_info 6433 * attributes) 6434 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RX_RATE: bitrate the responder used for the FTM 6435 * action frame (optional, nested, using &enum nl80211_rate_info attrs) 6436 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_AVG: average RTT (s64, picoseconds, optional 6437 * but one of RTT/DIST must be present) 6438 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_VARIANCE: RTT variance (u64, ps^2, note that 6439 * standard deviation is the square root of variance, optional) 6440 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_SPREAD: RTT spread (u64, picoseconds, 6441 * optional) 6442 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_AVG: average distance (s64, mm, optional 6443 * but one of RTT/DIST must be present) 6444 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_VARIANCE: distance variance (u64, mm^2, note 6445 * that standard deviation is the square root of variance, optional) 6446 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_SPREAD: distance spread (u64, mm, optional) 6447 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI: LCI data from peer (binary, optional); 6448 * this is the contents of the Measurement Report Element (802.11-2016 6449 * 9.4.2.22.1) starting with the Measurement Token, with Measurement 6450 * Type 8. 6451 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC: civic location data from peer 6452 * (binary, optional); 6453 * this is the contents of the Measurement Report Element (802.11-2016 6454 * 9.4.2.22.1) starting with the Measurement Token, with Measurement 6455 * Type 11. 6456 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_PAD: ignore, for u64/s64 padding only 6457 * 6458 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR: internal 6459 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number 6460 */ 6461 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_resp { 6462 __NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID, 6463 6464 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FAIL_REASON, 6465 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_INDEX, 6466 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_ATTEMPTS, 6467 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_SUCCESSES, 6468 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BUSY_RETRY_TIME, 6469 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP, 6470 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_DURATION, 6471 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST, 6472 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_AVG, 6473 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_SPREAD, 6474 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_TX_RATE, 6475 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RX_RATE, 6476 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_AVG, 6477 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_VARIANCE, 6478 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_SPREAD, 6479 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_AVG, 6480 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_VARIANCE, 6481 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_SPREAD, 6482 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI, 6483 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC, 6484 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_PAD, 6485 6486 /* keep last */ 6487 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR, 6488 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR - 1 6489 }; 6490 6491 #endif /* __LINUX_NL80211_H */ 6492